Merge branch 'dev-v3-audit-style' into dev-autocomplete
This commit is contained in:
commit
bf211138f8
92 changed files with 7728 additions and 6532 deletions
184
Settings.StyleCop
Normal file
184
Settings.StyleCop
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
|
|||
<StyleCopSettings Version="105">
|
||||
<GlobalSettings>
|
||||
<StringProperty Name="Culture">en-GB</StringProperty>
|
||||
</GlobalSettings>
|
||||
<Parsers>
|
||||
<Parser ParserId="StyleCop.CSharp.CsParser">
|
||||
<ParserSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="AnalyzeDesignerFiles">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</ParserSettings>
|
||||
</Parser>
|
||||
</Parsers>
|
||||
<Analyzers>
|
||||
<Analyzer AnalyzerId="StyleCop.CSharp.DocumentationRules">
|
||||
<Rules>
|
||||
<Rule Name="FileHeaderMustShowCopyright">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="FileHeaderMustContainFileName">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="FileHeaderFileNameDocumentationMustMatchFileName">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="FileHeaderMustHaveValidCompanyText">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="DocumentationHeadersMustNotContainBlankLines">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="PropertyDocumentationMustHaveValue">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">True</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="PropertyDocumentationMustHaveValueText">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">True</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="ElementParameterDocumentationMustHaveText">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="DocumentationTextMustBeginWithACapitalLetter">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">True</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="DocumentationTextMustEndWithAPeriod">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">True</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="DocumentationTextMustMeetMinimumCharacterLength">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">True</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="ElementDocumentationMustBeSpelledCorrectly">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="FileHeaderMustHaveSummary">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">True</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
</Rules>
|
||||
<AnalyzerSettings />
|
||||
</Analyzer>
|
||||
<Analyzer AnalyzerId="StyleCop.CSharp.OrderingRules">
|
||||
<Rules>
|
||||
<Rule Name="UsingDirectivesMustBePlacedWithinNamespace">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="ElementsMustAppearInTheCorrectOrder">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="ElementsMustBeOrderedByAccess">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="StaticElementsMustAppearBeforeInstanceElements">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
</Rules>
|
||||
<AnalyzerSettings />
|
||||
</Analyzer>
|
||||
<Analyzer AnalyzerId="StyleCop.CSharp.NamingRules">
|
||||
<Rules>
|
||||
<Rule Name="ElementMustBeginWithUpperCaseLetter">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="FieldNamesMustNotUseHungarianNotation">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
</Rules>
|
||||
<AnalyzerSettings />
|
||||
</Analyzer>
|
||||
<Analyzer AnalyzerId="StyleCop.CSharp.LayoutRules">
|
||||
<Rules>
|
||||
<Rule Name="CurlyBracketsForMultiLineStatementsMustNotShareLine">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="ClosingCurlyBracketMustBeFollowedByBlankLine">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
</Rules>
|
||||
<AnalyzerSettings />
|
||||
</Analyzer>
|
||||
<Analyzer AnalyzerId="StyleCop.CSharp.SpacingRules">
|
||||
<Rules>
|
||||
<Rule Name="TabsMustNotBeUsed">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
</Rules>
|
||||
<AnalyzerSettings />
|
||||
</Analyzer>
|
||||
<Analyzer AnalyzerId="StyleCop.CSharp.ReadabilityRules">
|
||||
<Rules>
|
||||
<Rule Name="PrefixLocalCallsWithThis">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="CodeMustNotContainMultipleStatementsOnOneLine">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="UseStringEmptyForEmptyStrings">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
<Rule Name="UseBuiltInTypeAlias">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
</Rules>
|
||||
<AnalyzerSettings />
|
||||
</Analyzer>
|
||||
<Analyzer AnalyzerId="StyleCop.CSharp.MaintainabilityRules">
|
||||
<Rules>
|
||||
<Rule Name="FieldsMustBePrivate">
|
||||
<RuleSettings>
|
||||
<BooleanProperty Name="Enabled">False</BooleanProperty>
|
||||
</RuleSettings>
|
||||
</Rule>
|
||||
</Rules>
|
||||
<AnalyzerSettings />
|
||||
</Analyzer>
|
||||
</Analyzers>
|
||||
</StyleCopSettings>
|
58
trunk/About.Designer.cs
generated
58
trunk/About.Designer.cs
generated
|
@ -1,22 +1,60 @@
|
|||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
{
|
||||
partial class About
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// About dialogue box form.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
public partial class About
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Required designer variable.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Container for LSLife picture.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.PictureBox pictureBox1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Container to hold all the elements.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox groupBox1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// OK Button.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.Button button1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Web Browser.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.WebBrowser webBrowser1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Link label.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.LinkLabel linkLabel1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Version label.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.Label label1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// LSL Editor label.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.Label label2;
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Clean up any resources being used.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
|
||||
/// <param name="disposing">True if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
|
||||
protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (disposing && (components != null))
|
||||
{
|
||||
components.Dispose();
|
||||
if (disposing && (this.components != null)) {
|
||||
this.components.Dispose();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
base.Dispose(disposing);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -133,13 +171,5 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endregion
|
||||
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.PictureBox pictureBox1;
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.GroupBox groupBox1;
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.Button button1;
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.WebBrowser webBrowser1;
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.LinkLabel linkLabel1;
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.Label label2;
|
||||
private System.Windows.Forms.Label label1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
112
trunk/About.cs
112
trunk/About.cs
|
@ -1,59 +1,64 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
// About.cs
|
||||
// Provides the code for the About dialogue
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// About dialogue box form.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
public partial class About : Form
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Initialises a new instance of the <see cref="About" /> class.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="parent">The parent form.</param>
|
||||
[SuppressMessage("StyleCop.CSharp.DocumentationRules", "SA1642:ConstructorSummaryDocumentationMustBeginWithStandardText", Justification = "Reviewed.")]
|
||||
public About(LSLEditorForm parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
InitializeComponent();
|
||||
this.InitializeComponent();
|
||||
|
||||
this.Icon = parent.Icon;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -61,20 +66,35 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.label2.Text = strVersion;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// OK/Close button.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="sender"></param>
|
||||
/// <param name="e"></param>
|
||||
private void button1_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Link to SourceForge page.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="sender"></param>
|
||||
/// <param name="e"></param>
|
||||
private void linkLabel1_LinkClicked(object sender, LinkLabelLinkClickedEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
System.Diagnostics.Process.Start(Properties.Settings.Default.ContactUrl);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Loads the page.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="sender"></param>
|
||||
/// <param name="e"></param>
|
||||
private void About_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strExeFileName = Path.GetFileName(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().CodeBase);
|
||||
this.webBrowser1.Navigate("res://" + strExeFileName + "/"+ Properties.Settings.Default.About);
|
||||
this.webBrowser1.Navigate("res://" + strExeFileName + "/" + Properties.Settings.Default.About);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor.Decompressor
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
// making a combined work based on this library. Thus, the terms and
|
||||
// conditions of the GNU General Public License cover the whole
|
||||
// combination.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you
|
||||
// permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an
|
||||
// executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
|
|||
// making a combined work based on this library. Thus, the terms and
|
||||
// conditions of the GNU General Public License cover the whole
|
||||
// combination.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you
|
||||
// permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an
|
||||
// executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent
|
||||
|
|
148
trunk/Browser.cs
148
trunk/Browser.cs
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
// Browser.cs
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
|
@ -69,46 +65,37 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
WebBrowser axWebBrowser1 = sender as WebBrowser;
|
||||
ToolStripStatusLabel status = axWebBrowser1.Tag as ToolStripStatusLabel;
|
||||
if (status == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
status.Text = axWebBrowser1.StatusText;
|
||||
if (status != null) {
|
||||
status.Text = axWebBrowser1.StatusText;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private void axWebBrowser1_Navigating(object sender, WebBrowserNavigatingEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strUrl = e.Url.ToString();
|
||||
if (strUrl.EndsWith(".lsl"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strUrl.EndsWith(".lsl")) {
|
||||
e.Cancel = true;
|
||||
if (MessageBox.Show("Import LSL script?", "Import script", MessageBoxButtons.OKCancel) == DialogResult.Cancel)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (MessageBox.Show("Import LSL script?", "Import script", MessageBoxButtons.OKCancel) != DialogResult.Cancel) {
|
||||
WebBrowser axWebBrowser1 = sender as WebBrowser;
|
||||
axWebBrowser1.Stop();
|
||||
|
||||
WebBrowser axWebBrowser1 = sender as WebBrowser;
|
||||
axWebBrowser1.Stop();
|
||||
|
||||
this.lslEditorForm.OpenFile(strUrl,Guid.NewGuid());
|
||||
this.lslEditorForm.OpenFile(strUrl, Guid.NewGuid());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void ShowWebBrowser(string strTabName, string strUrl)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WebBrowser axWebBrowser1 = null;
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Properties.Settings.Default.HelpNewTab)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
if (!Properties.Settings.Default.HelpNewTab) {
|
||||
TabPage tabPage = this.tabControl1.TabPages[0];
|
||||
tabPage.Text = strTabName + " ";
|
||||
axWebBrowser1 = tabPage.Controls[0] as WebBrowser;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
} catch { }
|
||||
|
||||
if (axWebBrowser1 == null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (axWebBrowser1 == null) {
|
||||
TabPage tabPage = new TabPage(strTabName + " ");
|
||||
tabPage.BackColor = Color.White;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -117,7 +104,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
ToolStripStatusLabel toolStripStatusLabel1 = new ToolStripStatusLabel();
|
||||
StatusStrip statusStrip1 = new StatusStrip();
|
||||
|
||||
statusStrip1.Items.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem[] { toolStripStatusLabel1});
|
||||
statusStrip1.Items.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem[] { toolStripStatusLabel1 });
|
||||
statusStrip1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(0, 318);
|
||||
statusStrip1.Name = "statusStrip1";
|
||||
statusStrip1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(584, 22);
|
||||
|
@ -148,29 +135,26 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private void closeToolStripMenuItem_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int intTabToClose = (int)this.contextMenuStrip1.Tag;
|
||||
if (intTabToClose >= this.tabControl1.TabCount)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
this.tabControl1.TabPages.RemoveAt(intTabToClose);
|
||||
if (intTabToClose < this.tabControl1.TabCount) {
|
||||
this.tabControl1.TabPages.RemoveAt(intTabToClose);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void tabControl1_MouseDown(object sender, MouseEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TabControl tabControl = sender as TabControl;
|
||||
if (tabControl == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (e.Button == MouseButtons.Right)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < tabControl.TabCount; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Rectangle rt = tabControl.GetTabRect(intI);
|
||||
if (e.X > rt.Left && e.X < rt.Right
|
||||
&& e.Y > rt.Top && e.Y < rt.Bottom)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.contextMenuStrip1.Tag = intI;
|
||||
this.contextMenuStrip1.Show(this.tabControl1, new Point(e.X, e.Y));
|
||||
if (tabControl != null) {
|
||||
if (e.Button == MouseButtons.Right) {
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < tabControl.TabCount; intI++) {
|
||||
Rectangle rt = tabControl.GetTabRect(intI);
|
||||
if (e.X > rt.Left && e.X < rt.Right
|
||||
&& e.Y > rt.Top && e.Y < rt.Bottom) {
|
||||
this.contextMenuStrip1.Tag = intI;
|
||||
this.contextMenuStrip1.Show(this.tabControl1, new Point(e.X, e.Y));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
// BugReportForm.cs
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System; // bitconvertor
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.IO.Compression;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor.Decompressor
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Xml;
|
||||
|
@ -58,25 +54,21 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private string m_FullPathName;
|
||||
private Guid m_Guid;
|
||||
// private bool sOutline = true;
|
||||
// private bool sOutline = true;
|
||||
public LSLEditorForm parent;
|
||||
public Encoding encodedAs = null;
|
||||
public Encoding encodedAs = null;
|
||||
|
||||
private const int WM_NCACTIVATE = 0x0086;
|
||||
protected override void WndProc(ref Message m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m.Msg == WM_NCACTIVATE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m.LParam != IntPtr.Zero)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m.Msg == WM_NCACTIVATE) {
|
||||
if (m.LParam != IntPtr.Zero) {
|
||||
m.WParam = new IntPtr(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.MakeAllInvis();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
try { base.WndProc(ref m); } catch {}
|
||||
try { base.WndProc(ref m); } catch { }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public SyntaxRichTextBox TextBox
|
||||
|
@ -123,10 +115,11 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
}
|
||||
set
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(value)
|
||||
if (value) {
|
||||
this.tabPage1.Text = "Script";
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.tabPage1.Text = "Text";
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.TextBox.ToolTipping = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -141,7 +134,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
this.Icon = lslEditorForm.Icon;
|
||||
this.parent = lslEditorForm;
|
||||
this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.setEditform(this);
|
||||
this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.setEditform(this);
|
||||
this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.Init(this.parent, this.parent.ConfLSL);
|
||||
this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.OnDirtyChanged += new IsDirtyHandler(TextBox_OnDirtyChanged);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -149,25 +142,22 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.Resize += new EventHandler(EditForm_Position);
|
||||
|
||||
this.Layout += new LayoutEventHandler(EditForm_Layout);
|
||||
ImageList imageList = new ImageList();
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Unknown.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Functions.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Events.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Constants.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Class.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Vars.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Properties.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.States.gif"));
|
||||
ImageList imageList = new ImageList();
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Unknown.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Functions.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Events.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Constants.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Class.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Vars.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.Properties.gif"));
|
||||
imageList.Images.Add(new Bitmap(this.GetType(), "Images.States.gif"));
|
||||
|
||||
this.tvOutline.ImageList = imageList;
|
||||
if (lslEditorForm.outlineToolStripMenuItem.Checked)
|
||||
{
|
||||
splitContainer1.Panel2Collapsed = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
splitContainer1.Panel2Collapsed = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.tvOutline.ImageList = imageList;
|
||||
if (lslEditorForm.outlineToolStripMenuItem.Checked) {
|
||||
splitContainer1.Panel2Collapsed = false;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
splitContainer1.Panel2Collapsed = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SetFont();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -178,8 +168,9 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
void EditForm_Layout(object sender, LayoutEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.WindowState == FormWindowState.Minimized)
|
||||
if (this.WindowState == FormWindowState.Minimized) {
|
||||
this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.MakeAllInvis();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void EditForm_Position(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
|
@ -190,16 +181,18 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
void TextBox_OnDirtyChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.Text = this.ScriptName;
|
||||
if (this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.Dirty)
|
||||
this.Text = this.Text.Trim()+"* ";
|
||||
else
|
||||
this.Text = this.Text.Trim()+" ";
|
||||
if (this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.Dirty) {
|
||||
this.Text = this.Text.Trim() + "* ";
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.Text = this.Text.Trim() + " ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
TabPage tabPage = this.Tag as TabPage;
|
||||
if (tabPage != null)
|
||||
if (tabPage != null) {
|
||||
tabPage.Text = this.Text;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
this.parent.OnDirtyChanged(this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.Dirty);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void exitToolStripMenuItem_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -216,20 +209,19 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
this.m_FullPathName = value;
|
||||
string strDirectory = Path.GetDirectoryName(this.m_FullPathName);
|
||||
if (Directory.Exists(strDirectory))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Directory.Exists(strDirectory)) {
|
||||
Properties.Settings.Default.WorkingDirectory = strDirectory;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(!Directory.Exists(Properties.Settings.Default.WorkingDirectory))
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (!Directory.Exists(Properties.Settings.Default.WorkingDirectory)) {
|
||||
Properties.Settings.Default.WorkingDirectory = Path.GetDirectoryName(System.Reflection.Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location);
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.m_FullPathName = Path.Combine(Properties.Settings.Default.WorkingDirectory, this.m_FullPathName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.Text = this.ScriptName;
|
||||
TabPage tabPage = this.Tag as TabPage;
|
||||
if (tabPage != null)
|
||||
if (tabPage != null) {
|
||||
tabPage.Text = this.Text + " ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -263,53 +255,50 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private int PercentageIndentTab()
|
||||
{
|
||||
int intResult;
|
||||
int intSpaces = 0;
|
||||
int intTabs = 0;
|
||||
StringReader sr = new StringReader(this.TextBox.Text);
|
||||
while (true)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (true) {
|
||||
string strLine = sr.ReadLine();
|
||||
if (strLine == null)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (strLine.Length == 0)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (strLine[0] == ' ')
|
||||
if (strLine == null) break;
|
||||
if (strLine.Length == 0) continue;
|
||||
if (strLine[0] == ' ') {
|
||||
intSpaces++;
|
||||
else if (strLine[0] == '\t')
|
||||
} else if (strLine[0] == '\t') {
|
||||
intTabs++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (intTabs == 0 && intSpaces==0)
|
||||
return 50;
|
||||
return (int)Math.Round((100.0 * intTabs) / (intTabs + intSpaces));
|
||||
if (intTabs == 0 && intSpaces == 0) {
|
||||
intResult = 50;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
intResult = (int)Math.Round((100.0 * intTabs) / (intTabs + intSpaces));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return intResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void LoadFile(string strPath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(strPath.StartsWith("http://"))
|
||||
if (strPath.StartsWith("http://")) {
|
||||
this.FullPathName = Path.GetFileName(strPath);
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.FullPathName = strPath;
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.encodedAs = this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.LoadFile(strPath);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!this.IsScript)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (this.IsScript) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.IndentAutoCorrect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.TextBox.FormatDocument();
|
||||
this.TextBox.ClearUndoStack();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.IndentWarning)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((PercentageIndentTab() > 50 && Properties.Settings.Default.SL4SpacesIndent) ||
|
||||
(PercentageIndentTab() < 50 && !Properties.Settings.Default.SL4SpacesIndent))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (MessageBox.Show("Indent scheme differs from settings\nDo you want to correct it?\nIt can also be corrected by pressing Ctrl-D or turn on Autocorrection (tools menu)", "Indent Warning!!", MessageBoxButtons.OKCancel, MessageBoxIcon.Warning) == DialogResult.OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.TextBox.FormatDocument();
|
||||
//this.TextBox.ClearUndoStack();
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.IndentAutoCorrect) {
|
||||
this.TextBox.FormatDocument();
|
||||
this.TextBox.ClearUndoStack();
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.IndentWarning) {
|
||||
if ((PercentageIndentTab() > 50 && Properties.Settings.Default.SL4SpacesIndent) ||
|
||||
(PercentageIndentTab() < 50 && !Properties.Settings.Default.SL4SpacesIndent)) {
|
||||
if (MessageBox.Show("Indent scheme differs from settings\nDo you want to correct it?\nIt can also be corrected by pressing Ctrl-D or turn on Autocorrection (tools menu)", "Indent Warning!!", MessageBoxButtons.OKCancel, MessageBoxIcon.Warning) == DialogResult.OK) {
|
||||
this.TextBox.FormatDocument();
|
||||
//this.TextBox.ClearUndoStack();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -319,32 +308,28 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
public void SaveCurrentFile(string strPath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.FullPathName = strPath;
|
||||
Encoding encodeAs = this.encodedAs;
|
||||
if (this.IsScript && encodeAs == null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (Properties.Settings.Default.OutputFormat)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case "UTF8":
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.UTF8;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "Unicode":
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.Unicode;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "BigEndianUnicode":
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.BigEndianUnicode;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.Default;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (encodeAs == null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.UTF8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Encoding encodeAs = this.encodedAs;
|
||||
if (this.IsScript && encodeAs == null) {
|
||||
switch (Properties.Settings.Default.OutputFormat) {
|
||||
case "UTF8":
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.UTF8;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "Unicode":
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.Unicode;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "BigEndianUnicode":
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.BigEndianUnicode;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.Default;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (encodeAs == null) {
|
||||
encodeAs = Encoding.UTF8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.SaveCurrentFile(strPath, encodeAs);
|
||||
this.encodedAs = encodeAs;
|
||||
this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.SaveCurrentFile(strPath, encodeAs);
|
||||
this.encodedAs = encodeAs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void SaveCurrentFile()
|
||||
|
@ -381,16 +366,15 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
this.numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.MakeAllInvis();
|
||||
|
||||
if (runtime != null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (runtime != null) {
|
||||
this.components.Remove(runtime);
|
||||
if (!runtime.IsDisposed)
|
||||
if (!runtime.IsDisposed) {
|
||||
runtime.Dispose();
|
||||
}
|
||||
runtime = null;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (int intI = this.tabControl1.TabPages.Count - 1; intI > 0; intI--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
for (int intI = this.tabControl1.TabPages.Count - 1; intI > 0; intI--) {
|
||||
this.tabControl1.TabPages.RemoveAt(intI);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -400,65 +384,62 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public bool StartCompiler()
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool blnResult = false;
|
||||
//if (this.disableCompilesyntaxCheckToolStripMenuItem.Checked)
|
||||
// return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!this.IsScript)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (this.IsScript) {
|
||||
StopCompiler();
|
||||
|
||||
StopCompiler();
|
||||
if (this.parent != null) {
|
||||
runtime = new RuntimeConsole(this.parent);
|
||||
|
||||
if (this.parent == null)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
// for disposing
|
||||
this.components.Add(runtime);
|
||||
|
||||
runtime = new RuntimeConsole(this.parent);
|
||||
if (!runtime.Compile(this)) {
|
||||
this.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 0;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// for disposing
|
||||
this.components.Add(runtime);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!runtime.Compile(this))
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 0;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
TabPage tabPage = new TabPage("Debug");
|
||||
tabPage.Controls.Add(runtime);
|
||||
this.tabControl1.TabPages.Add(tabPage);
|
||||
this.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 1;
|
||||
blnResult = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TabPage tabPage = new TabPage("Debug");
|
||||
tabPage.Controls.Add(runtime);
|
||||
this.tabControl1.TabPages.Add(tabPage);
|
||||
this.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 1;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
return blnResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public bool SyntaxCheck()
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool blnResult = false;
|
||||
//if (this.disableCompilesyntaxCheckToolStripMenuItem.Checked)
|
||||
// return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!this.IsScript)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (this.IsScript) {
|
||||
LSL2CSharp translator = new LSL2CSharp(ConfLSL);
|
||||
string strCSharp = translator.Parse(SourceCode);
|
||||
|
||||
LSL2CSharp translator = new LSL2CSharp(ConfLSL);
|
||||
string strCSharp = translator.Parse(SourceCode);
|
||||
if (System.Diagnostics.Debugger.IsAttached) {
|
||||
for (int intI = this.tabControl1.TabPages.Count - 1; intI > 0; intI--) {
|
||||
this.tabControl1.TabPages.RemoveAt(intI);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (System.Diagnostics.Debugger.IsAttached)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = this.tabControl1.TabPages.Count - 1; intI > 0; intI--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.tabControl1.TabPages.RemoveAt(intI);
|
||||
// TODO
|
||||
TabPage tabPage = new TabPage("C#");
|
||||
NumberedTextBox.NumberedTextBoxUC numberedTextBoxUC1 = new NumberedTextBox.NumberedTextBoxUC();
|
||||
numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.Init(null, this.ConfCSharp);
|
||||
numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.Text = strCSharp;
|
||||
numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.ReadOnly = true;
|
||||
numberedTextBoxUC1.Dock = DockStyle.Fill;
|
||||
tabPage.Controls.Add(numberedTextBoxUC1);
|
||||
this.tabControl.TabPages.Add(tabPage);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO
|
||||
TabPage tabPage = new TabPage("C#");
|
||||
NumberedTextBox.NumberedTextBoxUC numberedTextBoxUC1 = new NumberedTextBox.NumberedTextBoxUC();
|
||||
numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.Init(null, this.ConfCSharp);
|
||||
numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.Text = strCSharp;
|
||||
numberedTextBoxUC1.TextBox.ReadOnly = true;
|
||||
numberedTextBoxUC1.Dock = DockStyle.Fill;
|
||||
tabPage.Controls.Add(numberedTextBoxUC1);
|
||||
this.tabControl.TabPages.Add(tabPage);
|
||||
blnResult = (null != CompilerHelper.CompileCSharp(this, strCSharp));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (null != CompilerHelper.CompileCSharp(this, strCSharp));
|
||||
return blnResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public int Find(string strSearch, int intStart, int intEnd, RichTextBoxFinds options)
|
||||
|
@ -476,13 +457,13 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private void EditForm_FormClosing(object sender, FormClosingEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.parent.CancelClosing = false;
|
||||
if (this.Dirty)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.Dirty) {
|
||||
DialogResult dialogResult = MessageBox.Show(this, @"Save """ + this.ScriptName + @"""?", "File has changed", MessageBoxButtons.YesNoCancel);
|
||||
if (dialogResult == DialogResult.Yes)
|
||||
e.Cancel = !this.parent.SaveFile(this,false);
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (dialogResult == DialogResult.Yes) {
|
||||
e.Cancel = !this.parent.SaveFile(this, false);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
e.Cancel = (dialogResult == DialogResult.Cancel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.parent.CancelClosing = e.Cancel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -492,44 +473,42 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
//this.disableCompilesyntaxCheckToolStripMenuItem.Checked = !this.disableCompilesyntaxCheckToolStripMenuItem.Checked;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void tvOutline_NodeMouseClick(object sender, TreeNodeMouseClickEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.parent.BeginInvoke(new TreeNodeMouseClickEventHandler(
|
||||
delegate(object sender2, TreeNodeMouseClickEventArgs e2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.Node.Tag is Helpers.OutlineHelper)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Helpers.OutlineHelper ohOutline = (Helpers.OutlineHelper)e.Node.Tag;
|
||||
if (ohOutline.line < this.TextBox.Lines.Length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//editForm.Focus();
|
||||
//editForm.TextBox.Select();
|
||||
//editForm.TextBox.Goto(ohOutline.line + 1);
|
||||
private void tvOutline_NodeMouseClick(object sender, TreeNodeMouseClickEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.parent.BeginInvoke(new TreeNodeMouseClickEventHandler(
|
||||
delegate(object sender2, TreeNodeMouseClickEventArgs e2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.Node.Tag is Helpers.OutlineHelper) {
|
||||
Helpers.OutlineHelper ohOutline = (Helpers.OutlineHelper)e.Node.Tag;
|
||||
if (ohOutline.line < this.TextBox.Lines.Length) {
|
||||
//editForm.Focus();
|
||||
//editForm.TextBox.Select();
|
||||
//editForm.TextBox.Goto(ohOutline.line + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
//TextBox.Focus();
|
||||
this.TextBox.Select();
|
||||
this.TextBox.SelectionStart = this.TextBox.GetFirstCharIndexFromLine(ohOutline.line);
|
||||
|
||||
//TextBox.Focus();
|
||||
this.TextBox.Select();
|
||||
this.TextBox.SelectionStart = this.TextBox.GetFirstCharIndexFromLine(ohOutline.line);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}), sender, e);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void tvOutline_AfterSelect(object sender, TreeViewEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//this.TextBox.Select
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}), sender, e);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void splitContainer1_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
private void tvOutline_AfterSelect(object sender, TreeViewEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
//this.TextBox.Select
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void tvOutline_VisibleChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.tvOutline.ExpandAll();
|
||||
}
|
||||
private void splitContainer1_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void tvOutline_VisibleChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.tvOutline.ExpandAll();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,43 +1,39 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
using System.Globalization;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
|||
using System;
|
||||
|
||||
//Author: Arman Ghazanchyan
|
||||
//Created date: 01/27/2007
|
||||
//Last updated: 01/28/2007
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
using System.Drawing.Drawing2D;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
|
|||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Text; // StringBuilder
|
||||
using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
|
||||
|
@ -89,14 +85,12 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
set
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.label1.Text = ""; // clear out message
|
||||
if (value != "")
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (value != "") {
|
||||
this.comboBoxFind.Text = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.comboBoxFind.Items.Count > 0)
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (this.comboBoxFind.Items.Count > 0) {
|
||||
this.comboBoxFind.SelectedIndex = this.comboBoxFind.Items.Count - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -106,17 +100,16 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
string strText = comboBox.Text;
|
||||
bool Found = false;
|
||||
|
||||
foreach (string strC in comboBox.Items)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strC == strText)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (string strC in comboBox.Items) {
|
||||
if (strC == strText) {
|
||||
Found = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!Found)
|
||||
if (!Found) {
|
||||
comboBox.Items.Add(strText);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return Found;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -124,40 +117,35 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
this.label1.Text = "";
|
||||
EditForm editForm = this.lslEditForm.ActiveMdiForm as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (editForm != null) {
|
||||
if (!UpdateComboBox(this.comboBoxFind)) {
|
||||
editForm.TextBox.SelectionLength = 0;
|
||||
editForm.TextBox.SelectionStart = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!UpdateComboBox(this.comboBoxFind))
|
||||
{
|
||||
editForm.TextBox.SelectionLength = 0;
|
||||
editForm.TextBox.SelectionStart = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
RichTextBoxFinds options = RichTextBoxFinds.None;
|
||||
|
||||
RichTextBoxFinds options = RichTextBoxFinds.None;
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxMatchCase.Checked) options |= RichTextBoxFinds.MatchCase;
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxReverse.Checked) options |= RichTextBoxFinds.Reverse;
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxWholeWord.Checked) options |= RichTextBoxFinds.WholeWord;
|
||||
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxMatchCase.Checked) options |= RichTextBoxFinds.MatchCase;
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxReverse.Checked) options |= RichTextBoxFinds.Reverse;
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxWholeWord.Checked) options |= RichTextBoxFinds.WholeWord;
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxReverse.Checked) {
|
||||
intStart = 0; // start cant change ;-)
|
||||
intEnd = editForm.TextBox.SelectionStart;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
intStart = editForm.TextBox.SelectionStart + editForm.TextBox.SelectionLength;
|
||||
if (intStart == editForm.TextBox.Text.Length) {
|
||||
intStart = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
intEnd = editForm.TextBox.Text.Length - 1; // length can change!!
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxReverse.Checked)
|
||||
{
|
||||
intStart = 0; // start cant change ;-)
|
||||
intEnd = editForm.TextBox.SelectionStart;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
intStart = editForm.TextBox.SelectionStart + editForm.TextBox.SelectionLength;
|
||||
if (intStart == editForm.TextBox.Text.Length)
|
||||
intStart = 0;
|
||||
intEnd = editForm.TextBox.Text.Length - 1; // length can change!!
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
string strFind = this.comboBoxFind.Text;
|
||||
int intIndex = editForm.Find(strFind, intStart, intEnd, options);
|
||||
if (intIndex < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.label1.Text = "Not found...";
|
||||
return;
|
||||
string strFind = this.comboBoxFind.Text;
|
||||
int intIndex = editForm.Find(strFind, intStart, intEnd, options);
|
||||
if (intIndex < 0) {
|
||||
this.label1.Text = "Not found...";
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -169,15 +157,11 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private void comboBoxFind_KeyDown(object sender, KeyEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Return)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.Replace.Enabled)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Return) {
|
||||
if (this.Replace.Enabled) {
|
||||
this.comboBoxReplace.Focus();
|
||||
e.SuppressKeyPress = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
Find();
|
||||
e.SuppressKeyPress = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -187,30 +171,26 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private void Replace_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EditForm editForm = this.lslEditForm.ActiveMdiForm as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (editForm != null) {
|
||||
UpdateComboBox(this.comboBoxReplace);
|
||||
|
||||
UpdateComboBox(this.comboBoxReplace);
|
||||
if (editForm.TextBox.SelectionLength > 0) {
|
||||
string strReplacement = this.comboBoxReplace.Text;
|
||||
editForm.TextBox.ReplaceSelectedText(strReplacement);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (editForm.TextBox.SelectionLength > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strReplacement = this.comboBoxReplace.Text;
|
||||
editForm.TextBox.ReplaceSelectedText(strReplacement);
|
||||
Find();
|
||||
this.Focus();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Find();
|
||||
this.Focus();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// WildCardToRegex not used!!
|
||||
private string WildCardToRegex(string strWildCard)
|
||||
{
|
||||
StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder(strWildCard.Length + 8);
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < strWildCard.Length; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < strWildCard.Length; intI++) {
|
||||
char chrC = strWildCard[intI];
|
||||
switch (chrC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (chrC) {
|
||||
case '*':
|
||||
sb.Append(".*");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
@ -233,42 +213,41 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private void ReplaceAll_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EditForm editForm = this.lslEditForm.ActiveMdiForm as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (editForm == null) {
|
||||
UpdateComboBox(this.comboBoxReplace);
|
||||
|
||||
UpdateComboBox(this.comboBoxReplace);
|
||||
string strPattern;
|
||||
string strFind = Regex.Escape(this.comboBoxFind.Text);
|
||||
string strReplacement = this.comboBoxReplace.Text;
|
||||
string strSourceCode = editForm.SourceCode;
|
||||
|
||||
string strPattern;
|
||||
string strFind = Regex.Escape(this.comboBoxFind.Text);
|
||||
string strReplacement = this.comboBoxReplace.Text;
|
||||
string strSourceCode = editForm.SourceCode;
|
||||
RegexOptions regexOptions = RegexOptions.Compiled;
|
||||
if (!this.checkBoxMatchCase.Checked) {
|
||||
regexOptions |= RegexOptions.IgnoreCase;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxWholeWord.Checked) {
|
||||
strPattern = @"\b" + strFind + @"\b";
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
strPattern = strFind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RegexOptions regexOptions = RegexOptions.Compiled;
|
||||
if (!this.checkBoxMatchCase.Checked)
|
||||
regexOptions |= RegexOptions.IgnoreCase;
|
||||
if (this.checkBoxWholeWord.Checked)
|
||||
strPattern = @"\b" + strFind + @"\b";
|
||||
else
|
||||
strPattern = strFind;
|
||||
Regex regex = new Regex(strPattern, regexOptions);
|
||||
|
||||
Regex regex = new Regex(strPattern, regexOptions);
|
||||
|
||||
int intCount = 0;
|
||||
foreach(Match m in regex.Matches(strSourceCode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m.Value.Length > 0)
|
||||
intCount++;
|
||||
int intCount = 0;
|
||||
foreach (Match m in regex.Matches(strSourceCode)) {
|
||||
if (m.Value.Length > 0) {
|
||||
intCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (intCount == 0) {
|
||||
MessageBox.Show("No matches found");
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (MessageBox.Show("There are " + intCount + " occurences, replace them all?", "Find and Replace", MessageBoxButtons.YesNoCancel) == DialogResult.Yes) {
|
||||
editForm.SourceCode = regex.Replace(strSourceCode, strReplacement);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.Focus();
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (intCount == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MessageBox.Show("No matches found");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (MessageBox.Show("There are " + intCount + " occurences, replace them all?", "Find and Replace", MessageBoxButtons.YesNoCancel) == DialogResult.Yes)
|
||||
editForm.SourceCode = regex.Replace(strSourceCode, strReplacement);
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.Focus();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void FindWindow_FormClosing(object sender, FormClosingEventArgs e)
|
||||
|
@ -281,22 +260,19 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private void FindWindow_KeyDown(object sender, KeyEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.KeyData == Keys.Escape)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.KeyData == Keys.Escape) {
|
||||
this.Visible = false;
|
||||
e.SuppressKeyPress = true;
|
||||
e.Handled = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Return)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Return) {
|
||||
Find();
|
||||
e.SuppressKeyPress = true;
|
||||
this.Focus();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.F3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.F3) {
|
||||
Find();
|
||||
e.SuppressKeyPress = true;
|
||||
this.Focus();
|
||||
|
@ -309,7 +285,5 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
this.comboBoxFind.Focus();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -56,7 +52,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.lslEditForm = lslEditForm;
|
||||
|
||||
EditForm editForm = this.lslEditForm.ActiveMdiForm as EditForm;
|
||||
this.label1.Text = "Line number (1-"+editForm.TextBox.Lines.Length+")";
|
||||
this.label1.Text = "Line number (1-" + editForm.TextBox.Lines.Length + ")";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void button1_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
|
@ -67,16 +63,12 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private void Goto()
|
||||
{
|
||||
EditForm editForm = this.lslEditForm.ActiveMdiForm as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
int intLine = Convert.ToInt32(this.textBox1.Text);
|
||||
editForm.TextBox.Goto(intLine);
|
||||
this.Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (editForm != null) {
|
||||
try {
|
||||
int intLine = Convert.ToInt32(this.textBox1.Text);
|
||||
editForm.TextBox.Goto(intLine);
|
||||
this.Close();
|
||||
} catch { }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -87,12 +79,11 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private void textBox1_KeyDown(object sender, KeyEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Return)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Return) {
|
||||
Goto();
|
||||
e.SuppressKeyPress = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,48 +1,44 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor.Helpers
|
||||
|
@ -71,8 +67,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor.Helpers
|
|||
)*
|
||||
"
|
||||
,
|
||||
RegexOptions.IgnorePatternWhitespace
|
||||
| RegexOptions.Compiled);
|
||||
RegexOptions.IgnorePatternWhitespace | RegexOptions.Compiled);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void CodeCompletionUserVar(string strKeyWord, string strTextIn, int intStart, List<KeyWordInfo> list)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
using Microsoft.Win32;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.IO.Compression;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Xml;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
using System.Collections;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
using System.Threading;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,47 +1,44 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor.Properties {
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor.Properties
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// This class allows you to handle specific events on the settings class:
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Net;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
using System.Collections;
|
||||
|
@ -102,11 +98,9 @@ namespace LSLEditor.Helpers
|
|||
|
||||
public void Stop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(WorkerThread!=null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (WorkerThread != null) {
|
||||
WorkerThread.Abort();
|
||||
if (!WorkerThread.Join(2000))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!WorkerThread.Join(2000)) {
|
||||
// problems
|
||||
System.Windows.Forms.MessageBox.Show("TaskQueue thread not Aborted", "Oops...");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -114,21 +108,18 @@ namespace LSLEditor.Helpers
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void Invoke(object ActiveObject,string MethodName, params object[] args)
|
||||
public void Invoke(object ActiveObject, string MethodName, params object[] args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ActiveObject == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
// Add the object to the internal buffer
|
||||
Tasks.Enqueue(new Task(ActiveObject, MethodName, args));
|
||||
|
||||
// Signal the internal thread that there is some new object in the buffer
|
||||
SignalNewTask.Set();
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (Exception e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Trace.WriteLine(string.Format("I An exception occurred in TaskQueue.Invoke: {0}", e.Message));
|
||||
} catch (Exception e) {
|
||||
Trace.WriteLine(string.Format("An exception occurred in TaskQueue.Invoke: {0}", e.Message));
|
||||
// Since the exception was not actually handled and only logged - propagate it
|
||||
throw;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -143,32 +134,24 @@ namespace LSLEditor.Helpers
|
|||
Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture = new System.Globalization.CultureInfo("en-US", false);
|
||||
Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentUICulture = new System.Globalization.CultureInfo("en-US", false);
|
||||
|
||||
while (!stop)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!stop) {
|
||||
try {
|
||||
// Note: this code is safe (i.e. performing the .Count and .Dequeue not inside a lock)
|
||||
// because there is only one thread emptying the queue.
|
||||
// Even if .Count returns 0, and before Dequeue is called a new object is added to the Queue
|
||||
// then still the system will behave nicely: the next if statement will return false and
|
||||
// since this is run in an endless loop, in the next iteration we will have .Count > 0.
|
||||
if (Tasks.Count > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Tasks.Count > 0) {
|
||||
(Tasks.Dequeue() as Task).Execute();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Wait until new objects are received or Dispose was called
|
||||
if (Tasks.Count == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Tasks.Count == 0) {
|
||||
SignalNewTask.WaitOne();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (ThreadAbortException)
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch (ThreadAbortException) {
|
||||
Trace.WriteLine("TaskQueue.Worker: ThreadAbortException, no problem");
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (Exception e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch (Exception e) {
|
||||
Trace.WriteLine(string.Format("TaskQueue.Worker: {0}", e.Message));
|
||||
// Since the exception was not actually handled and only logged - propagate it
|
||||
throw;
|
||||
|
@ -195,17 +178,12 @@ namespace LSLEditor.Helpers
|
|||
|
||||
protected virtual void Dispose(bool disposing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!this.disposed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (disposing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!this.disposed) {
|
||||
if (disposing) {
|
||||
try {
|
||||
stop = true;
|
||||
SignalNewTask.Set();
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (Exception e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch (Exception e) {
|
||||
Trace.WriteLine(string.Format("An exception occurred in MessageLoop.AddToBuffer: {0}", e.Message));
|
||||
// Since the exception was not actually handled and only logged - propagate it
|
||||
throw;
|
||||
|
@ -232,22 +210,17 @@ namespace LSLEditor.Helpers
|
|||
|
||||
public void Execute()
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
MethodInfo mi = ActiveObject.GetType().GetMethod(MethodName,
|
||||
BindingFlags.Public |
|
||||
BindingFlags.Public |
|
||||
BindingFlags.Instance |
|
||||
//BindingFlags.DeclaredOnly |
|
||||
BindingFlags.NonPublic
|
||||
);
|
||||
mi.Invoke(ActiveObject, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (ThreadAbortException)
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch (ThreadAbortException) {
|
||||
Trace.WriteLine("TaskQueue.Task.Execute: ThreadAbortException, no problem");
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (Exception exception)
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch (Exception exception) {
|
||||
Exception innerException = exception.InnerException;
|
||||
if (innerException == null)
|
||||
innerException = exception;
|
||||
|
@ -260,4 +233,4 @@ namespace LSLEditor.Helpers
|
|||
}
|
||||
#endregion Task
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections;
|
||||
using System.Net;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Xml;
|
||||
using System.Net;
|
||||
|
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
@ -72,28 +68,35 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder();
|
||||
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_DEBIT) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_DEBIT)
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_DEBIT) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_DEBIT) {
|
||||
sb.AppendLine("Take Linden dollars (L$) from you");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_TAKE_CONTROLS) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_TAKE_CONTROLS)
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_TAKE_CONTROLS) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_TAKE_CONTROLS) {
|
||||
sb.AppendLine("Act on your control inputs");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_TRIGGER_ANIMATION) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_TRIGGER_ANIMATION)
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_TRIGGER_ANIMATION) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_TRIGGER_ANIMATION) {
|
||||
sb.AppendLine("Animate your avatar");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_ATTACH) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_ATTACH)
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_ATTACH) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_ATTACH) {
|
||||
sb.AppendLine("Attach to your avatar");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_CHANGE_LINKS) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_CHANGE_LINKS)
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_CHANGE_LINKS) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_CHANGE_LINKS) {
|
||||
sb.AppendLine("Link and delink from other objects");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_TRACK_CAMERA) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_TRACK_CAMERA)
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_TRACK_CAMERA) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_TRACK_CAMERA) {
|
||||
sb.AppendLine("Track your camera");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_CONTROL_CAMERA) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_CONTROL_CAMERA)
|
||||
if ((intPermissions & SecondLife.PERMISSION_CONTROL_CAMERA) == SecondLife.PERMISSION_CONTROL_CAMERA) {
|
||||
sb.AppendLine("Control your camera");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
this.label1.Text = "'"+strObjectName+"', an object owned by '"+strOwner + "',\nwould like to:";
|
||||
this.label1.Text = "'" + strObjectName + "', an object owned by '" + strOwner + "',\nwould like to:";
|
||||
this.label2.Text = sb.ToString();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -109,4 +112,4 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Xml;
|
||||
|
@ -74,27 +70,29 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private bool GetNewHost()
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool blnResult = false;
|
||||
Assembly assembly = CompilerHelper.CompileCSharp(editForm, CSharpCode);
|
||||
if (assembly == null)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (assembly != null) {
|
||||
if (SecondLifeHost != null) {
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.Dispose();
|
||||
}
|
||||
SecondLifeHost = null;
|
||||
|
||||
if(SecondLifeHost!=null)
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.Dispose();
|
||||
SecondLifeHost = null;
|
||||
SecondLifeHost = new SecondLifeHost(this.mainForm, assembly, editForm.FullPathName, editForm.guid);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnChat += editForm.ChatHandler;
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnMessageLinked += editForm.MessageLinkedHandler;
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnDie += new EventHandler(host_OnDie);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnReset += new EventHandler(SecondLifeHost_OnReset);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnListenChannelsChanged += new EventHandler(SecondLifeHost_OnListenChannelsChanged);
|
||||
|
||||
SecondLifeHost = new SecondLifeHost(this.mainForm, assembly, editForm.FullPathName, editForm.guid);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnChat += editForm.ChatHandler;
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnMessageLinked += editForm.MessageLinkedHandler;
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnDie += new EventHandler(host_OnDie);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnReset += new EventHandler(SecondLifeHost_OnReset);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnListenChannelsChanged += new EventHandler(SecondLifeHost_OnListenChannelsChanged);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnVerboseMessage += new SecondLifeHost.SecondLifeHostMessageHandler(host_OnVerboseMessage);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnStateChange += new SecondLifeHost.SecondLifeHostMessageHandler(host_OnStateChange);
|
||||
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnVerboseMessage += new SecondLifeHost.SecondLifeHostMessageHandler(host_OnVerboseMessage);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.OnStateChange += new SecondLifeHost.SecondLifeHostMessageHandler(host_OnStateChange);
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.State("default", true);
|
||||
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.State("default", true);
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
blnResult = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return blnResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public bool Compile(EditForm editForm)
|
||||
|
@ -119,8 +117,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private void ResetScriptWatch()
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (true)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (true) {
|
||||
this.ResetScriptEvent.WaitOne();
|
||||
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.Dispose();
|
||||
|
@ -131,13 +128,10 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private delegate void AddListenChannelsDelegate(ComboBox comboBox, string[] channels);
|
||||
private void AddListenChannelsToComboxBox(ComboBox comboBox, string[] channels)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (comboBox.InvokeRequired)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (comboBox.InvokeRequired) {
|
||||
comboBox.Invoke(new AddListenChannelsDelegate(AddListenChannelsToComboxBox),
|
||||
new object[] { comboBox , channels });
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
new object[] { comboBox, channels });
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
comboBox.Items.Clear();
|
||||
comboBox.Items.AddRange(channels);
|
||||
comboBox.SelectedIndex = 0;
|
||||
|
@ -145,18 +139,19 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
}
|
||||
private void SecondLifeHost_OnListenChannelsChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Control control in this.panel4.Controls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Control control in this.panel4.Controls) {
|
||||
GroupboxEvent gbe = control as GroupboxEvent;
|
||||
if (gbe == null)
|
||||
if (gbe == null) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
foreach (Control control1 in gbe.Controls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
foreach (Control control1 in gbe.Controls) {
|
||||
GroupBox gb = control1 as GroupBox;
|
||||
if (gb == null)
|
||||
if (gb == null) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (gb.Name!="listen_0")
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (gb.Name != "listen_0") {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ComboBox comboBox = gb.Controls[0] as ComboBox;
|
||||
AddListenChannelsToComboxBox(comboBox, SecondLifeHost.GetListenChannels());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -165,13 +160,10 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
void host_OnDie(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(this.panel1.InvokeRequired)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.panel1.InvokeRequired) {
|
||||
// using Evenhandler definition as a delegate
|
||||
this.panel1.Invoke(new EventHandler(host_OnDie));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.panel1.Enabled = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -185,16 +177,11 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private delegate void SetStateComboboxDelegate(string strName);
|
||||
public void SetStateCombobox(string strName)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.comboBox1.InvokeRequired)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.comboBox1.InvokeRequired) {
|
||||
this.comboBox1.Invoke(new SetStateComboboxDelegate(SetStateCombobox), new object[] { strName });
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < this.comboBox1.Items.Count; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.comboBox1.Items[intI].ToString() == strName)
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < this.comboBox1.Items.Count; intI++) {
|
||||
if (this.comboBox1.Items[intI].ToString() == strName) {
|
||||
this.comboBox1.SelectedIndex = intI;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -204,13 +191,13 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private void comboBox1_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, System.EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SecondLifeHost == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
string strStateName = (string)this.comboBox1.Items[this.comboBox1.SelectedIndex];
|
||||
if (strStateName != "")
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SecondLifeHost.CurrentStateName != strStateName)
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.State(strStateName,true);
|
||||
if (SecondLifeHost != null) {
|
||||
string strStateName = (string)this.comboBox1.Items[this.comboBox1.SelectedIndex];
|
||||
if (strStateName != "") {
|
||||
if (SecondLifeHost.CurrentStateName != strStateName) {
|
||||
SecondLifeHost.State(strStateName, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -230,8 +217,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
strC = translator.Parse(strC);
|
||||
|
||||
foreach (string strState in translator.States)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (string strState in translator.States) {
|
||||
this.comboBox1.Items.Add(strState);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return strC;
|
||||
|
@ -240,18 +226,14 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private delegate void ShowLifeEventsDelegate();
|
||||
private void ShowLifeEvents()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.panel4.InvokeRequired)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.panel4.InvokeRequired) {
|
||||
this.panel4.Invoke(new ShowLifeEventsDelegate(ShowLifeEvents), null);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
int intX = 8;
|
||||
int intY = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
this.panel4.Controls.Clear();
|
||||
foreach (string strEventName in SecondLifeHost.GetEvents())
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (string strEventName in SecondLifeHost.GetEvents()) {
|
||||
string strArgs = SecondLifeHost.GetArgumentsFromMethod(strEventName);
|
||||
GroupboxEvent ge = new GroupboxEvent(new Point(intX, intY), strEventName, strArgs, new System.EventHandler(this.buttonEvent_Click));
|
||||
this.panel4.Controls.Add(ge);
|
||||
|
@ -265,28 +247,23 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
// Verbose
|
||||
public void VerboseConsole(string strLine)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.textBox2.IsDisposed)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (this.textBox2.InvokeRequired)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.textBox2.Invoke(new AppendTextDelegate(VerboseConsole), new object[] { strLine });
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.textBox2.AppendText(strLine.Replace("\n", "\r\n") + "\r\n");
|
||||
if (!this.textBox2.IsDisposed) {
|
||||
if (this.textBox2.InvokeRequired) {
|
||||
this.textBox2.Invoke(new AppendTextDelegate(VerboseConsole), new object[] { strLine });
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.textBox2.AppendText(strLine.Replace("\n", "\r\n") + "\r\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private string GetArgumentValue(string strName)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Control parent in this.panel4.Controls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (parent.Name == "GroupboxTextbox")
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Control c in parent.Controls)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c.Name == strName)
|
||||
foreach (Control parent in this.panel4.Controls) {
|
||||
if (parent.Name == "GroupboxTextbox") {
|
||||
foreach (Control c in parent.Controls) {
|
||||
if (c.Name == strName) {
|
||||
return c.Controls[0].Text;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -295,71 +272,62 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private object[] GetArguments(string strName, string strArgs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strArgs == "")
|
||||
return new object[0];
|
||||
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
string[] args = strArgs.Trim().Split(new char[] { ',' });
|
||||
object[] argobjects = new object[args.Length];
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < argobjects.Length; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string[] argument = args[intI].Trim().Split(new char[] { ' ' });
|
||||
if (argument.Length == 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string[] arArgs;
|
||||
string strArgumentValue = GetArgumentValue(strName + "_" + intI);
|
||||
string strArgumentName = argument[1];
|
||||
string strArgumentType = argument[0];
|
||||
switch (strArgumentType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case "System.String":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = strArgumentValue;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "System.Int32":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = int.Parse(strArgumentValue);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+Float":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.Float(strArgumentValue);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+integer":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.integer(int.Parse(strArgumentValue));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+String":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.String(strArgumentValue);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+key":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.key(strArgumentValue);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+list":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.list(new string[] { strArgumentValue } );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+rotation":
|
||||
arArgs = strArgumentValue.Replace("<", "").Replace(">", "").Replace(" ", "").Split(new char[] { ',' });
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.rotation(double.Parse(arArgs[0]), double.Parse(arArgs[1]), double.Parse(arArgs[2]), double.Parse(arArgs[3]));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+vector":
|
||||
arArgs = strArgumentValue.Replace("<", "").Replace(">", "").Replace(" ", "").Split(new char[] { ',' });
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.vector(double.Parse(arArgs[0]), double.Parse(arArgs[1]), double.Parse(arArgs[2]));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
MessageBox.Show("Compiler->GetArguments->[" + strArgumentType + "][" + strArgumentName + "]");
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = null;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
object[] objResult = new object[0];
|
||||
if (strArgs != "") {
|
||||
try {
|
||||
string[] args = strArgs.Trim().Split(new char[] { ',' });
|
||||
object[] argobjects = new object[args.Length];
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < argobjects.Length; intI++) {
|
||||
string[] argument = args[intI].Trim().Split(new char[] { ' ' });
|
||||
if (argument.Length == 2) {
|
||||
string[] arArgs;
|
||||
string strArgumentValue = GetArgumentValue(strName + "_" + intI);
|
||||
string strArgumentName = argument[1];
|
||||
string strArgumentType = argument[0];
|
||||
switch (strArgumentType) {
|
||||
case "System.String":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = strArgumentValue;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "System.Int32":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = int.Parse(strArgumentValue);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+Float":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.Float(strArgumentValue);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+integer":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.integer(int.Parse(strArgumentValue));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+String":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.String(strArgumentValue);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+key":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.key(strArgumentValue);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+list":
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.list(new string[] { strArgumentValue });
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+rotation":
|
||||
arArgs = strArgumentValue.Replace("<", "").Replace(">", "").Replace(" ", "").Split(new char[] { ',' });
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.rotation(double.Parse(arArgs[0]), double.Parse(arArgs[1]), double.Parse(arArgs[2]), double.Parse(arArgs[3]));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "LSLEditor.SecondLife+vector":
|
||||
arArgs = strArgumentValue.Replace("<", "").Replace(">", "").Replace(" ", "").Split(new char[] { ',' });
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = new SecondLife.vector(double.Parse(arArgs[0]), double.Parse(arArgs[1]), double.Parse(arArgs[2]));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
MessageBox.Show("Compiler->GetArguments->[" + strArgumentType + "][" + strArgumentName + "]");
|
||||
argobjects[intI] = null;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
MessageBox.Show("Argument must be 'type name' [" + args[intI] + "]");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
MessageBox.Show("Argument must be 'type name' [" + args[intI] + "]");
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return argobjects;
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new object[0];
|
||||
objResult = argobjects;
|
||||
} catch { }
|
||||
}
|
||||
return objResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void buttonEvent_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e)
|
||||
|
@ -374,8 +342,9 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private void Die()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.SecondLifeHost != null)
|
||||
if (this.SecondLifeHost != null) {
|
||||
this.SecondLifeHost.Die();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Die
|
||||
|
@ -386,8 +355,9 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private void textBox2_KeyDown(object sender, KeyEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.Control && e.KeyCode == Keys.A)
|
||||
if (e.Control && e.KeyCode == Keys.A) {
|
||||
this.textBox2.SelectAll();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void selectAllToolStripMenuItem_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,272 +1,413 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
// Float.cs
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis;
|
||||
using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// This part of the SecondLife class defines the Float struct.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
[SuppressMessage("StyleCop.CSharp.DocumentationRules", "SA1642:ConstructorSummaryDocumentationMustBeginWithStandardText", Justification = "Reviewed.")]
|
||||
public partial class SecondLife
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// A struct for Float objects.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
public struct Float
|
||||
{
|
||||
private object m_value;
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Stores the Float value.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
private object objValue;
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Gets or sets the value of the Float.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <value>Gets or sets the objValue data member.</value>
|
||||
private Double value
|
||||
{
|
||||
get
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_value == null)
|
||||
m_value = (Double)0;
|
||||
return (Double)m_value;
|
||||
if (objValue == null) {
|
||||
objValue = (Double)0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (Double)objValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
set
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_value = value;
|
||||
objValue = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Initialises a new instance of the <see cref="Float"/> struct.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
public Float(Double a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.m_value = a;
|
||||
this.objValue = a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#region public Float(string s)
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Initialises a new instance of the <see cref="Float"/> struct.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="s"></param>
|
||||
public Float(string s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Regex r = new Regex(@"\A[ ]*(?<sign>[+-]?)
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
0x
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?<int>[0-9a-f]*)
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:\.
|
||||
(?<frac>[0-9a-f]*)
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:p
|
||||
(?<exp>[-+]?[\d]*)
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
||||
(?<dec>
|
||||
[\d]*[.]?[\d]*
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
e[+-]?[\d]*
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
)", RegexOptions.IgnoreCase | RegexOptions.IgnorePatternWhitespace);
|
||||
Regex r = new Regex(
|
||||
@"\A[ ]*(?<sign>[+-]?)
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
0x
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?<int>[0-9a-f]*)
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:\.
|
||||
(?<frac>[0-9a-f]*)
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:p
|
||||
(?<exp>[-+]?[\d]*)
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
||||
(?<dec>
|
||||
[\d]*[.]?[\d]*
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
(?:
|
||||
e[+-]?[\d]*
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
)",
|
||||
RegexOptions.IgnoreCase | RegexOptions.IgnorePatternWhitespace);
|
||||
Match m = r.Match(s);
|
||||
Double mantissa = 0.0;
|
||||
if (r.Match(s).Groups["dec"].Value.Length > 0)
|
||||
if (r.Match(s).Groups["dec"].Value.Length > 0) {
|
||||
mantissa = Convert.ToDouble(r.Match(s).Groups["dec"].Value);
|
||||
if (m.Groups["int"].Success)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m.Groups["int"].Value.Length > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// System.Console.WriteLine("i:\t" + m.Groups["int"].Value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m.Groups["int"].Success) {
|
||||
if (m.Groups["int"].Value.Length > 0) {
|
||||
////System.Console.WriteLine("i:\t" + m.Groups["int"].Value);
|
||||
mantissa = Convert.ToInt64(m.Groups["int"].Value, 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m.Groups["frac"].Value.Length > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// System.Console.WriteLine("f:\t"+m.Groups["frac"].Value);
|
||||
if (m.Groups["frac"].Value.Length > 0) {
|
||||
////System.Console.WriteLine("f:\t"+m.Groups["frac"].Value);
|
||||
mantissa += Convert.ToInt64(m.Groups["frac"].Value, 16) / Math.Pow(16.0, m.Groups["frac"].Value.Length);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m.Groups["exp"].Value.Length > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// System.Console.WriteLine("e:\t" + m.Groups["exp"].Value);
|
||||
if (m.Groups["exp"].Value.Length > 0) {
|
||||
////System.Console.WriteLine("e:\t" + m.Groups["exp"].Value);
|
||||
mantissa *= Math.Pow(2.0, Convert.ToInt64(m.Groups["exp"].Value, 10));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m.Groups["sign"].Value == "-")
|
||||
this.m_value = -mantissa;
|
||||
else
|
||||
this.m_value = mantissa;
|
||||
if (m.Groups["sign"].Value == "-") {
|
||||
this.objValue = -mantissa;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.objValue = mantissa;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endregion
|
||||
#endregion
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// No idea of the intention here ;-).
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <returns>The Float value as a 32 bit number.</returns>
|
||||
public override int GetHashCode()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (int)this.value % System.Int32.MaxValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Converts the Float to a string representation.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <returns>String representation of the Float.</returns>
|
||||
public override string ToString()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return string.Format("{0:0.000000}",this.value);
|
||||
return string.Format("{0:0.000000}", this.value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Converts the Float to a string representation.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="x"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>String representation of the Float.</returns>
|
||||
public static explicit operator String(Float x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x.ToString();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Converts the Float to a string representation.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="x"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>String representation of the Float.</returns>
|
||||
public static implicit operator Double(Float x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return x.value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//public static implicit operator integer(Float x)
|
||||
//{
|
||||
// return (int)x.value;
|
||||
//}
|
||||
////public static implicit operator integer(Float x)
|
||||
////{
|
||||
//// return (int)x.value;
|
||||
////}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Creates a new instance of a Float from a string.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="s"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A new Float instance.</returns>
|
||||
public static explicit operator Float(string s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float(s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Creates a new instance of a Float from a String.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="s"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A new Float instance.</returns>
|
||||
public static explicit operator Float(String s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float(s.ToString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Creates a new instance of a Float from an Int32 .
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="x"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A new Float instance.</returns>
|
||||
public static implicit operator Float(Int32 x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float((Double)x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 6 jan 2008 , does this work????
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Creates a new instance of a Float from a long.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="x"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A new Float instance.</returns>
|
||||
public static implicit operator Float(long x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float((int)(uint)x);
|
||||
return new Float((int)(uint)x); // 6 jan 2008 , does this work????
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Creates a new instance of a Float from a Double.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="x"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A new Float instance.</returns>
|
||||
public static implicit operator Float(Double x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float(x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Creates a new instance of a Float from an integer type.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="x"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A new Float instance.</returns>
|
||||
public static implicit operator Float(integer x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float((Double)x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Calculates the result of multiplying a and b.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
/// <param name="b"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>The product of a and b.</returns>
|
||||
public static Float operator *(Float a, Float b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float(a.value * b.value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Calculates the result of dividing a by b.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
/// <param name="b"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>The result of dividing a by b.</returns>
|
||||
public static Float operator /(Float a, Float b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float(a.value / b.value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Calculates the result of incrementing the Float's value.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>The result of incrementing the Float's value.</returns>
|
||||
public static Float operator ++(Float a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float(a.value + 1.0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Calculates the result of decrementing the Float's value.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>The result of decrementing the Float's value.</returns>
|
||||
public static Float operator --(Float a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float(a.value - 1.0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Calculates the result of adding a to b.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
/// <param name="b"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>The result of adding a to b.</returns>
|
||||
public static Float operator +(Float a, Float b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float(a.value + b.value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Calculates the result of subtracting a from b.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
/// <param name="b"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>The result of subtracting a from b.</returns>
|
||||
public static Float operator -(Float a, Float b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new Float(a.value - b.value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Casts the Float to a boolean.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A boolean value.</returns>
|
||||
public static explicit operator bool(Float a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (Math.Abs(a.value) >= Double.Epsilon);
|
||||
return Math.Abs(a.value) >= Double.Epsilon;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Defines a boolean true value.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A boolean indicating whether the value is considered true.</returns>
|
||||
public static bool operator true(Float a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (Math.Abs(a.value) >= Double.Epsilon);
|
||||
return Math.Abs(a.value) >= Double.Epsilon;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Defines a boolean false value.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A boolean indicating whether the value is considered false.</returns>
|
||||
public static bool operator false(Float a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (Math.Abs(a.value) < Double.Epsilon);
|
||||
return Math.Abs(a.value) < Double.Epsilon;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Defines the equality operator.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="x">First operand.</param>
|
||||
/// <param name="y">Second operand.</param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A boolean value indicating equality.</returns>
|
||||
public static bool operator ==(Float x, Float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (Math.Abs(x.value - y.value) < Double.Epsilon);
|
||||
return Math.Abs(x.value - y.value) < Double.Epsilon;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Defines the inequality operator.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="x">First operand.</param>
|
||||
/// <param name="y">Second operand.</param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A boolean value indicating inequality.</returns>
|
||||
public static bool operator !=(Float x, Float y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !(x == y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Compares two Floats.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="a">First operand.</param>
|
||||
/// <param name="b">Second operand.</param>
|
||||
/// <returns>An integer (-1, 0, or 1), indicating whether the first item is less than, same as, or greater than the second.</returns>
|
||||
public static int Compare(Float a, Float b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a.value < b.value)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (a.value > b.value)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
int intResult = 0;
|
||||
if (a.value < b.value) {
|
||||
intResult = -1;
|
||||
} else if (a.value > b.value) {
|
||||
intResult = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return intResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// Defines the Equals operator.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
/// <param name="o"></param>
|
||||
/// <returns>A boolean value indicating equality.</returns>
|
||||
public override bool Equals(object o)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (bool)(this == (Float)o);
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
bool blnResult;
|
||||
try {
|
||||
blnResult = (bool)(this == (Float)o);
|
||||
} catch {
|
||||
blnResult = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return blnResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,50 +1,52 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
// LSL_Constants.cs
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// This part of the SecondLife class initialises the constants for LSL.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
[SuppressMessage("StyleCop.CSharp.NamingRules", "SA1310:FieldNamesMustNotContainUnderscore", Justification = "Reviewed.")]
|
||||
[SuppressMessage("StyleCop.CSharp.DocumentationRules", "SA1600:ElementsMustBeDocumented", Justification = "Reviewed.")]
|
||||
public partial class SecondLife
|
||||
{
|
||||
public const int TRUE = 1;
|
||||
|
@ -68,17 +70,6 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
public const int ROTATE = 32;
|
||||
public const int SCALE = 64;
|
||||
|
||||
public static readonly Float PI = 3.1415926535897932384626;
|
||||
public static readonly Float TWO_PI = 2.0 * PI;
|
||||
public static readonly Float PI_BY_TWO = 1.570796;
|
||||
public static readonly Float DEG_TO_RAD = 0.017453;
|
||||
public static readonly Float RAD_TO_DEG = 57.295780;
|
||||
public static readonly Float SQRT2 = 1.414214;
|
||||
|
||||
public static readonly key NULL_KEY = key.NULL_KEY;
|
||||
public static readonly rotation ZERO_ROTATION = rotation.ZERO_ROTATION;
|
||||
public static readonly vector ZERO_VECTOR = vector.ZERO_VECTOR;
|
||||
|
||||
public const int ALL_SIDES = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
public const int DEBUG_CHANNEL = 2147483647;
|
||||
|
@ -210,15 +201,15 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
public const int CLICK_ACTION_PLAY = 5;
|
||||
public const int CLICK_ACTION_OPEN_MEDIA = 6;
|
||||
|
||||
public static readonly string CONTENT_TYPE_ATOM = "application/atom+xml";
|
||||
public static readonly string CONTENT_TYPE_FORM = "application/x-www-form-urlencoded";
|
||||
public static readonly string CONTENT_TYPE_HTML = "text/html";
|
||||
public static readonly string CONTENT_TYPE_JSON = "application/json";
|
||||
public static readonly string CONTENT_TYPE_LLSD = "application/llsd+xml";
|
||||
public static readonly string CONTENT_TYPE_RSS = "application/rss+xml";
|
||||
public static readonly string CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT = "text/plain";
|
||||
public static readonly string CONTENT_TYPE_XHTML = "application/xhtml+xml";
|
||||
public static readonly string CONTENT_TYPE_XML = "application/xml";
|
||||
public const string CONTENT_TYPE_ATOM = "application/atom+xml";
|
||||
public const string CONTENT_TYPE_FORM = "application/x-www-form-urlencoded";
|
||||
public const string CONTENT_TYPE_HTML = "text/html";
|
||||
public const string CONTENT_TYPE_JSON = "application/json";
|
||||
public const string CONTENT_TYPE_LLSD = "application/llsd+xml";
|
||||
public const string CONTENT_TYPE_RSS = "application/rss+xml";
|
||||
public const string CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT = "text/plain";
|
||||
public const string CONTENT_TYPE_XHTML = "application/xhtml+xml";
|
||||
public const string CONTENT_TYPE_XML = "application/xml";
|
||||
|
||||
public const int CONTROL_FWD = 1;
|
||||
public const int CONTROL_BACK = 2;
|
||||
|
@ -280,14 +271,15 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
public const int INVENTORY_ANIMATION = 20;
|
||||
public const int INVENTORY_GESTURE = 21;
|
||||
|
||||
public static readonly string JSON_ARRAY = "\uFDD2";
|
||||
public static readonly string JSON_FALSE = "\uFDD7";
|
||||
public static readonly string JSON_INVALID = "\uFDD0";
|
||||
public static readonly string JSON_NULL = "\uFDD5";
|
||||
public static readonly string JSON_NUMBER = "\uFDD3";
|
||||
public static readonly string JSON_OBJECT = "\uFDD1";
|
||||
public static readonly string JSON_STRING = "\uFDD4";
|
||||
public static readonly string JSON_TRUE = "\uFDD6";
|
||||
public const int JSON_APPEND = -1;
|
||||
public const string JSON_ARRAY = "\uFDD2";
|
||||
public const string JSON_FALSE = "\uFDD7";
|
||||
public const string JSON_INVALID = "\uFDD0";
|
||||
public const string JSON_NULL = "\uFDD5";
|
||||
public const string JSON_NUMBER = "\uFDD3";
|
||||
public const string JSON_OBJECT = "\uFDD1";
|
||||
public const string JSON_STRING = "\uFDD4";
|
||||
public const string JSON_TRUE = "\uFDD6";
|
||||
|
||||
public const int KFM_CMD_PAUSE = 2;
|
||||
public const int KFM_CMD_PLAY = 0;
|
||||
|
@ -643,7 +635,6 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
public const int RCERR_SIM_PERF_LOW = -2;
|
||||
public const int RCERR_UNKNOWN = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
public const int REGION_FLAG_ALLOW_DAMAGE = 1;
|
||||
public const int REGION_FLAG_FIXED_SUN = 16;
|
||||
public const int REGION_FLAG_BLOCK_TERRAFORM = 64;
|
||||
|
@ -686,15 +677,13 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
public const int STRING_TRIM_TAIL = 2;
|
||||
public const int STRING_TRIM = 3;
|
||||
|
||||
public static readonly key TEXTURE_BLANK = "5748decc-f629-461c-9a36-a35a221fe21f";
|
||||
public static readonly key TEXTURE_DEFAULT = "89556747-24cb-43ed-920b-47caed15465f";
|
||||
public static readonly key TEXTURE_PLYWOOD = "89556747-24cb-43ed-920b-47caed15465f";
|
||||
public static readonly key TEXTURE_TRANSPARENT = "8dcd4a48-2d37-4909-9f78-f7a9eb4ef903";
|
||||
public static readonly key TEXTURE_MEDIA = "8b5fec65-8d8d-9dc5-cda8-8fdf2716e361";
|
||||
public const string TEXTURE_BLANK = "5748decc-f629-461c-9a36-a35a221fe21f";
|
||||
public const string TEXTURE_DEFAULT = "89556747-24cb-43ed-920b-47caed15465f";
|
||||
public const string TEXTURE_PLYWOOD = "89556747-24cb-43ed-920b-47caed15465f";
|
||||
public const string TEXTURE_TRANSPARENT = "8dcd4a48-2d37-4909-9f78-f7a9eb4ef903";
|
||||
public const string TEXTURE_MEDIA = "8b5fec65-8d8d-9dc5-cda8-8fdf2716e361";
|
||||
|
||||
public const int TOUCH_INVALID_FACE = -1;
|
||||
public static readonly vector TOUCH_INVALID_TEXCOORD = new vector(-1.0, -1.0, 0.0);
|
||||
public static readonly vector TOUCH_INVALID_VECTOR = new vector(0.0, 0.0, 0.0);
|
||||
|
||||
public const int TRAVERSAL_TYPE = 7;
|
||||
public const int TRAVERSAL_TYPE_FAST = 1;
|
||||
|
@ -709,8 +698,8 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
public const int TYPE_ROTATION = 6;
|
||||
public const int TYPE_INVALID = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
public static readonly String URL_REQUEST_GRANTED = "URL_REQUEST_GRANTED";
|
||||
public static readonly String URL_REQUEST_DENIED = "URL_REQUEST_DENIED";
|
||||
public const string URL_REQUEST_GRANTED = "URL_REQUEST_GRANTED";
|
||||
public const string URL_REQUEST_DENIED = "URL_REQUEST_DENIED";
|
||||
|
||||
public const int VEHICLE_TYPE_NONE = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -758,5 +747,18 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
public const int VEHICLE_TYPE_BALLOON = 5;
|
||||
|
||||
public const int VERTICAL = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
public static readonly Float PI = 3.1415926535897932384626;
|
||||
public static readonly Float TWO_PI = 2.0 * PI;
|
||||
public static readonly Float PI_BY_TWO = 1.570796;
|
||||
public static readonly Float DEG_TO_RAD = 0.017453;
|
||||
public static readonly Float RAD_TO_DEG = 57.295780;
|
||||
public static readonly Float SQRT2 = 1.414214;
|
||||
|
||||
public static readonly key NULL_KEY = key.NULL_KEY;
|
||||
public static readonly vector TOUCH_INVALID_TEXCOORD = new vector(-1.0, -1.0, 0.0);
|
||||
public static readonly vector TOUCH_INVALID_VECTOR = new vector(0.0, 0.0, 0.0);
|
||||
public static readonly rotation ZERO_ROTATION = rotation.ZERO_ROTATION;
|
||||
public static readonly vector ZERO_VECTOR = vector.ZERO_VECTOR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
128
trunk/SecondLife/LSL_Events.cs
Normal file
128
trunk/SecondLife/LSL_Events.cs
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
|
|||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
// LSL_Events.cs
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// <summary>
|
||||
/// This part of the SecondLife class contains the Event definitions.
|
||||
/// </summary>
|
||||
[SuppressMessage("StyleCop.CSharp.LayoutRules", "SA1502:ElementMustNotBeOnSingleLine", Justification = "Reviewed.")]
|
||||
[SuppressMessage("StyleCop.CSharp.DocumentationRules", "SA1600:ElementsMustBeDocumented", Justification = "These are all LSL functions, the documentation is in the LSL Wiki.")]
|
||||
public partial class SecondLife
|
||||
{
|
||||
#region events as virtuals, if one is used, use override
|
||||
public virtual void at_rot_target(integer iHandle, rotation rTargetRotation, rotation rCurrentRotation) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void at_target(integer iHandle, vector vTargetPosition, vector vCurrrentPosition) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void attach(key kAttached) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void changed(integer iChangedFlags) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void collision(integer iCollisionCount) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void collision_end(integer iCollisionCount) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void collision_start(integer iCollisionCount) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void control(key kID, integer iLevels, integer iEdges) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void dataserver(key kRequestID, String sData) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void email(String sTime, String sAddress, String sSubject, String sBody, integer iRemaining) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void http_response(key kRequestID, integer iStatus, list lMetadata, String sBody) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void http_request(key kRequestID, String sMethod, String sBody) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void land_collision(vector vPosition) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void land_collision_end(vector vPosition) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void land_collision_start(vector vPosition) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void link_message(integer iSenderLinkIndex, integer iNumber, String sText, key kID) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void listen(integer iChannel, String sName, key kID, String sText) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void money(key kPayerID, integer iAmount) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void moving_end() { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void moving_start() { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void no_sensor() { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void not_at_rot_target() { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void not_at_target() { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void object_rez(key kID) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void on_rez(integer iStartParameter) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void path_update(integer iType, list lReserved) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void remote_data(integer iEventType, key kChannelID, key kMessageID, String sSender, integer iData, String sData) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void run_time_permissions(integer iPermissionsFlags) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void sensor(integer iSensedCount) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void state_entry() { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void state_exit() { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void timer() { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void touch(integer iTouchesCount) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void touch_end(integer iTouchesCount) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void touch_start(integer iTouchesCount) { }
|
||||
|
||||
public virtual void transaction_result(key kID, integer iSuccess, String sMessage) { }
|
||||
#endregion
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
{
|
||||
public partial class SecondLife
|
||||
{
|
||||
#region events as virtuals, if one is used, use override
|
||||
virtual public void at_rot_target(integer number, rotation target_rotation, rotation our_rotation) { }
|
||||
virtual public void at_target(integer tnum, vector targetpos, vector ourpos) { }
|
||||
virtual public void attach(key attached) { }
|
||||
virtual public void changed(integer changed) { }
|
||||
virtual public void collision(integer total_number) { }
|
||||
virtual public void collision_end(integer total_number) { }
|
||||
virtual public void collision_start(integer total_number) { }
|
||||
virtual public void control(key name, integer levels, integer edges) { }
|
||||
virtual public void dataserver(key requested, String data) { }
|
||||
virtual public void email(String time, String address, String subject, String body, integer remaining) { }
|
||||
virtual public void http_response(key request_id, integer status, list metadata, String body) { }
|
||||
virtual public void http_request(key request_id, String method, String body) { }
|
||||
virtual public void land_collision(vector position) { }
|
||||
virtual public void land_collision_end(vector position) { }
|
||||
virtual public void land_collision_start(vector position) { }
|
||||
virtual public void link_message(integer sender_number, integer number, String message, key id) { }
|
||||
virtual public void listen(integer channel, String name, key id, String message) { }
|
||||
virtual public void money(key giver, integer amount) { }
|
||||
virtual public void moving_end() { }
|
||||
virtual public void moving_start() { }
|
||||
virtual public void no_sensor() { }
|
||||
virtual public void not_at_rot_target() { }
|
||||
virtual public void not_at_target() { }
|
||||
virtual public void object_rez(key id) { }
|
||||
virtual public void on_rez(integer start_param) { }
|
||||
virtual public void path_update(integer iType, list lReserved) { }
|
||||
virtual public void remote_data(integer event_type, key channel, key message_id, String sender, integer idata, String sdata) { }
|
||||
virtual public void run_time_permissions(integer permissions) { }
|
||||
virtual public void sensor(integer total_number) { }
|
||||
virtual public void state_entry() { }
|
||||
virtual public void state_exit() { }
|
||||
virtual public void timer() { }
|
||||
virtual public void touch(integer total_number) { }
|
||||
virtual public void touch_end(integer total_number) { }
|
||||
virtual public void touch_start(integer total_number) { }
|
||||
virtual public void transaction_result(key kID, integer iSuccess, String sMessage) { }
|
||||
#endregion
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
1541
trunk/SecondLife/SecondLifeHost.cs
Normal file
1541
trunk/SecondLife/SecondLifeHost.cs
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
@ -1,986 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
using System.Threading;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
using System.Collections;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
||||
using LSLEditor.Helpers;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
{
|
||||
public class SecondLifeHostEventArgs : EventArgs
|
||||
{
|
||||
public string Message;
|
||||
public SecondLifeHostEventArgs(string Message)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.Message = Message;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public class SecondLifeHostMessageLinkedEventArgs : EventArgs
|
||||
{
|
||||
public SecondLife.integer linknum;
|
||||
public SecondLife.integer num;
|
||||
public SecondLife.String str;
|
||||
public SecondLife.key id;
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLifeHostMessageLinkedEventArgs(SecondLife.integer linknum, SecondLife.integer num, SecondLife.String str, SecondLife.key id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.linknum = linknum;
|
||||
this.num = num;
|
||||
this.str = str;
|
||||
this.id = id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public class SecondLifeHostChatEventArgs : EventArgs
|
||||
{
|
||||
public SecondLife.integer channel;
|
||||
public SecondLife.String name;
|
||||
public SecondLife.key id;
|
||||
public SecondLife.String message;
|
||||
public CommunicationType how;
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLifeHostChatEventArgs(SecondLife.integer channel, SecondLife.String name, SecondLife.key id, SecondLife.String message, CommunicationType how)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.channel = channel;
|
||||
this.name = name;
|
||||
this.id = id;
|
||||
this.message = message;
|
||||
this.how = how;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public class SecondLifeHost : IDisposable
|
||||
{
|
||||
private List<ListenFilter> ListenFilterList;
|
||||
|
||||
private List<Link> LinkList;
|
||||
|
||||
private SecondLife secondLife;
|
||||
private TaskQueue taskQueue;
|
||||
private AutoResetEvent StateChanged;
|
||||
private Thread StateWatcher;
|
||||
|
||||
private LSLEditorForm mainForm;
|
||||
private Assembly CompiledAssembly;
|
||||
|
||||
public string FullPath;
|
||||
public Guid guid;
|
||||
|
||||
public delegate void SecondLifeHostMessageHandler(object sender, SecondLifeHostEventArgs e);
|
||||
public event SecondLifeHostMessageHandler OnVerboseMessage;
|
||||
public event SecondLifeHostMessageHandler OnStateChange;
|
||||
|
||||
public delegate void SecondLifeHostChatHandler(object sender, SecondLifeHostChatEventArgs e);
|
||||
public event SecondLifeHostChatHandler OnChat;
|
||||
|
||||
public delegate void SecondLifeHostMessageLinkedHandler(object sender, SecondLifeHostMessageLinkedEventArgs e);
|
||||
public event SecondLifeHostMessageLinkedHandler OnMessageLinked;
|
||||
|
||||
public event EventHandler OnDie;
|
||||
public event EventHandler OnReset;
|
||||
|
||||
public event EventHandler OnListenChannelsChanged;
|
||||
|
||||
public System.Timers.Timer timer;
|
||||
|
||||
public System.Timers.Timer sensor_timer;
|
||||
|
||||
public string CurrentStateName;
|
||||
private string NewStateName;
|
||||
|
||||
private string ObjectName;
|
||||
private string ObjectDescription;
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLifeHost(LSLEditorForm mainForm, Assembly CompiledAssembly, string FullPath, Guid guid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.ListenFilterList = null;
|
||||
this.LinkList = null;
|
||||
this.secondLife = null;
|
||||
this.taskQueue = new TaskQueue();
|
||||
this.StateChanged = new AutoResetEvent(false);
|
||||
this.StateWatcher = new Thread(new ThreadStart(StateWatch));
|
||||
this.StateWatcher.Name = "StateWatch";
|
||||
this.StateWatcher.IsBackground = true;
|
||||
this.StateWatcher.Start();
|
||||
|
||||
this.mainForm = mainForm;
|
||||
this.CompiledAssembly = CompiledAssembly;
|
||||
this.FullPath = FullPath;
|
||||
this.guid = guid;
|
||||
|
||||
this.ObjectName = Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(this.FullPath);
|
||||
this.ObjectDescription = "";
|
||||
|
||||
this.timer = new System.Timers.Timer();
|
||||
this.timer.AutoReset = true;
|
||||
this.timer.Elapsed += new System.Timers.ElapsedEventHandler(timer_Elapsed);
|
||||
|
||||
this.sensor_timer = new System.Timers.Timer();
|
||||
this.sensor_timer.AutoReset = true;
|
||||
this.sensor_timer.Elapsed += new System.Timers.ElapsedEventHandler(sensor_timer_Elapsed);
|
||||
|
||||
this.NewStateName = "default";
|
||||
this.CurrentStateName = "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void timer_Elapsed(object sender, System.Timers.ElapsedEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("timer");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void StateWatch()
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (true)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.StateChanged.WaitOne();
|
||||
this.taskQueue.Start(); // is implicit Stop() old Queue
|
||||
if (this.CurrentStateName != this.NewStateName)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.CurrentStateName = this.NewStateName;
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("state_exit");
|
||||
|
||||
// Changing to CurrentStateName on this thread! (not ExecuteSecondLife)
|
||||
this.taskQueue.Invoke(this, "SetState");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void State(string strStateName, bool blnForce)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.CompiledAssembly == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (blnForce)
|
||||
this.CurrentStateName = "";
|
||||
this.NewStateName = strStateName;
|
||||
this.StateChanged.Set();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void SetState()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (CompiledAssembly == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
secondLife = CompiledAssembly.CreateInstance("LSLEditor.State_" + CurrentStateName) as SecondLife;
|
||||
|
||||
if (secondLife == null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MessageBox.Show("State " + CurrentStateName+" does not exist!");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ListenFilterList = new List<ListenFilter>();
|
||||
|
||||
LinkList = new List<Link>();
|
||||
|
||||
// Make friends
|
||||
secondLife.host = this;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update runtime userinterface by calling event handler
|
||||
if (OnStateChange != null)
|
||||
OnStateChange(this, new SecondLifeHostEventArgs(CurrentStateName));
|
||||
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("state_entry");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public string GetArgumentsFromMethod(string strName)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.secondLife == null)
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
MethodInfo mi = secondLife.GetType().GetMethod(strName, BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.DeclaredOnly);
|
||||
if (mi == null)
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
|
||||
int intI = 0;
|
||||
string strArgs = "";
|
||||
foreach (ParameterInfo pi in mi.GetParameters())
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (intI > 0)
|
||||
strArgs += ",";
|
||||
strArgs += pi.ParameterType.ToString() + " " + pi.Name;
|
||||
intI++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return strArgs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void VerboseEvent(string strEventName, object[] args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder();
|
||||
sb.Append("*** ");
|
||||
sb.Append(strEventName);
|
||||
sb.Append('(');
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < args.Length; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (intI > 0)
|
||||
sb.Append(',');
|
||||
sb.Append(args[intI].ToString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
sb.Append(")");
|
||||
VerboseMessage(sb.ToString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void ExecuteSecondLife(string strName, params object[] args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (secondLife == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
VerboseEvent(strName, args);
|
||||
|
||||
this.taskQueue.Invoke(secondLife, strName, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public ArrayList GetEvents()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ArrayList ar = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (secondLife != null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (MethodInfo mi in secondLife.GetType().GetMethods(BindingFlags.Public | BindingFlags.Instance | BindingFlags.DeclaredOnly))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ar.Add(mi.Name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
ar.Sort();
|
||||
return ar;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void Reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (OnReset != null)
|
||||
OnReset(this, new EventArgs());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void Die()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (OnDie != null)
|
||||
OnDie(this, new EventArgs());
|
||||
|
||||
if (secondLife != null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// stop all timers
|
||||
this.timer.Stop();
|
||||
this.sensor_timer.Stop();
|
||||
|
||||
this.taskQueue.Stop();
|
||||
this.taskQueue.Dispose();
|
||||
this.taskQueue = null;
|
||||
|
||||
this.secondLife = null;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void Dispose()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (taskQueue != null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.taskQueue.Stop();
|
||||
this.taskQueue.Dispose();
|
||||
this.taskQueue = null;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (listXmlRpc != null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (XMLRPC xmlRpc in listXmlRpc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
xmlRpc.CloseChannel();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (secondLife != null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.timer.Stop();
|
||||
this.sensor_timer.Stop();
|
||||
this.mainForm = null;
|
||||
this.secondLife = null;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#region Link functions
|
||||
private struct Link
|
||||
{
|
||||
public int number;
|
||||
public string name;
|
||||
public SecondLife.key id;
|
||||
public SecondLife.key target;
|
||||
public Link(int number, string name, SecondLife.key id, SecondLife.key target)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.number = number;
|
||||
this.name = name;
|
||||
this.id = id;
|
||||
this.target = target;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void llBreakAllLinks()
|
||||
{
|
||||
LinkList = new List<Link>();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void llBreakLink(int linknum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Link link in this.LinkList)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (link.number == linknum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.LinkList.Remove(link);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endregion
|
||||
|
||||
#region Listen functions
|
||||
|
||||
public string[] GetListenChannels() // for GroupboxEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
List<string> list = new List<string>();
|
||||
foreach (ListenFilter lf in ListenFilterList)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list.Add(lf.channel.ToString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
return list.ToArray();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private struct ListenFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
public int channel;
|
||||
public string name;
|
||||
public SecondLife.key id;
|
||||
public string message;
|
||||
public bool active;
|
||||
public ListenFilter(int channel, string name, SecondLife.key id, string message)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.channel = channel;
|
||||
this.name = name;
|
||||
this.id = id;
|
||||
this.message = message;
|
||||
this.active = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void llListenControl(int number, int active)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < ListenFilterList.Count; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ListenFilter lf = ListenFilterList[intI];
|
||||
if (lf.GetHashCode() == number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lf.active = (active == 1);
|
||||
ListenFilterList[intI] = lf;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void llListenRemove(int intHandle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < ListenFilterList.Count; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ListenFilter lf = ListenFilterList[intI];
|
||||
if (lf.GetHashCode() == intHandle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ListenFilterList.RemoveAt(intI);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public int llListen(int channel, string name, SecondLife.key id, string message)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ListenFilterList.Count >= 64) {
|
||||
Chat(this, 0, "LSLEditor", SecondLife.NULL_KEY, "Maximum of 64 listens!!!", CommunicationType.Shout);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ListenFilter lf = new ListenFilter(channel, name, id, message);
|
||||
ListenFilterList.Add(lf);
|
||||
if (OnListenChannelsChanged != null) {
|
||||
OnListenChannelsChanged(this, null);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return lf.GetHashCode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private bool CheckListenFilter(int channel, string name, SecondLife.key id, string message)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ListenFilter lfToCheck = new ListenFilter(channel, name, id, message);
|
||||
|
||||
foreach (ListenFilter lf in ListenFilterList)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lf.active)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (lf.channel != lfToCheck.channel)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (lf.name != "" && lf.name != lfToCheck.name)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (lf.id != Guid.Empty.ToString() && lf.id!="" && lf.id != lfToCheck.id)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (lf.message != "" && lf.message != lfToCheck.message)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// sink listen
|
||||
public void Listen(SecondLifeHostChatEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (secondLife == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (CheckListenFilter(e.channel, e.name, e.id, e.message))
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("listen", e.channel, e.name, e.id, e.message);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endregion
|
||||
|
||||
// raise
|
||||
public void Chat(object sender, int channel, string name, SecondLife.key id, string message, CommunicationType how)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (OnChat != null)
|
||||
OnChat(sender, new SecondLifeHostChatEventArgs(channel, name, id, message, how));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// raise
|
||||
public void MessageLinked(SecondLife.integer linknum, SecondLife.integer num, SecondLife.String str, SecondLife.key id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (OnMessageLinked != null)
|
||||
OnMessageLinked(this, new SecondLifeHostMessageLinkedEventArgs(linknum, num, str, id));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// sink
|
||||
public void LinkMessage(SecondLifeHostMessageLinkedEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("link_message", e.linknum, e.num, e.str, e.id);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLife.key Http(string Url, SecondLife.list Parameters, string Body)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (secondLife == null)
|
||||
return SecondLife.NULL_KEY;
|
||||
|
||||
System.Net.WebProxy proxy = null;
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.ProxyServer != "")
|
||||
proxy = new System.Net.WebProxy(Properties.Settings.Default.ProxyServer.Replace("http://", ""));
|
||||
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.ProxyUserid != "" && proxy != null)
|
||||
proxy.Credentials = new System.Net.NetworkCredential(Properties.Settings.Default.ProxyUserid, Properties.Settings.Default.ProxyPassword);
|
||||
|
||||
SecondLife.key Key = new SecondLife.key(Guid.NewGuid());
|
||||
//WebRequestClass a = new WebRequestClass(proxy, secondLife, Url, Parameters, Body, Key);
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
HTTPRequest.Request(proxy, secondLife, Url, Parameters, Body, Key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch(Exception exception)
|
||||
{
|
||||
VerboseMessage(exception.Message);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return Key;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void Email(string To, string Subject, string Body)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (secondLife == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
SmtpClient client = new SmtpClient();
|
||||
client.SmtpServer = Properties.Settings.Default.EmailServer;
|
||||
|
||||
string strName = GetObjectName();
|
||||
string strObjectName = string.Format("Object-Name: {0}", strName);
|
||||
|
||||
SecondLife.vector RegionCorner = secondLife.llGetRegionCorner();
|
||||
string strRegionName = secondLife.llGetRegionName();
|
||||
string strRegion = string.Format("Region: {0} ({1},{2})", strRegionName, RegionCorner.x, RegionCorner.y);
|
||||
|
||||
SecondLife.vector pos = secondLife.llGetPos();
|
||||
string strPosition = string.Format("Local-Position: ({0},{1},{2})", (int)pos.x, (int)pos.y, (int)pos.z);
|
||||
|
||||
string strPrefix = strObjectName + "\r\n";
|
||||
strPrefix += strRegion + "\r\n";
|
||||
strPrefix += strPosition + "\r\n\r\n";
|
||||
|
||||
MailMessage msg = new MailMessage();
|
||||
msg.To = To;
|
||||
msg.Subject = Subject;
|
||||
msg.Body = strPrefix + Body;
|
||||
msg.From = Properties.Settings.Default.EmailAddress;
|
||||
msg.Headers.Add("Reply-to", msg.From);
|
||||
|
||||
//MailAttachment myAttachment = new MailAttachment(strAttachmentFile);
|
||||
//msg.Attachments.Add(myAttachment);
|
||||
|
||||
VerboseMessage(client.Send(msg));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void VerboseMessage(string Message)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (OnVerboseMessage != null)
|
||||
OnVerboseMessage(this, new SecondLifeHostEventArgs(Message));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
delegate void ShowDialogDelegate(SecondLifeHost host,
|
||||
SecondLife.String objectName,
|
||||
SecondLife.key k,
|
||||
SecondLife.String name,
|
||||
SecondLife.String message,
|
||||
SecondLife.list buttons,
|
||||
SecondLife.integer channel);
|
||||
private void Dialog(SecondLifeHost host,
|
||||
SecondLife.String objectName,
|
||||
SecondLife.key k,
|
||||
SecondLife.String name,
|
||||
SecondLife.String message,
|
||||
SecondLife.list buttons,
|
||||
SecondLife.integer channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
llDialogForm DialogForm = new llDialogForm(host, objectName, k, name, message, buttons, channel);
|
||||
DialogForm.Left = this.mainForm.Right - DialogForm.Width - 5;
|
||||
DialogForm.Top = this.mainForm.Top + 30;
|
||||
DialogForm.Show(this.mainForm);
|
||||
this.mainForm.llDialogForms.Add(DialogForm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void llDialog(SecondLife.key avatar, SecondLife.String message, SecondLife.list buttons, SecondLife.integer channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (message.ToString().Length >= 512)
|
||||
{
|
||||
VerboseMessage("llDialog: message too long, must be less than 512 characters");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (message.ToString().Length == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
VerboseMessage("llDialog: must supply a message");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < buttons.Count; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (buttons[intI].ToString() == "")
|
||||
{
|
||||
VerboseMessage("llDialog: all buttons must have label strings");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (buttons[intI].ToString().Length > 24)
|
||||
{
|
||||
VerboseMessage("llDialog:Button Labels can not have more than 24 characters");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (buttons.Count == 0)
|
||||
buttons = new SecondLife.list(new string[] { "OK" });
|
||||
|
||||
this.mainForm.Invoke(new ShowDialogDelegate(Dialog), this, (SecondLife.String)GetObjectName(), secondLife.llGetOwner(), (SecondLife.String)Properties.Settings.Default.AvatarName, message, buttons, channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
delegate void ShowTextBoxDelegate(SecondLifeHost host,
|
||||
SecondLife.String objectName,
|
||||
SecondLife.key k,
|
||||
SecondLife.String name,
|
||||
SecondLife.String message,
|
||||
SecondLife.integer channel);
|
||||
private void TextBox(SecondLifeHost host,
|
||||
SecondLife.String objectName,
|
||||
SecondLife.key k,
|
||||
SecondLife.String name,
|
||||
SecondLife.String message,
|
||||
SecondLife.integer channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
llTextBoxForm TextBoxForm = new llTextBoxForm(host, objectName, k, name, message, channel);
|
||||
TextBoxForm.Left = this.mainForm.Left + this.mainForm.Width / 2 - TextBoxForm.Width / 2;
|
||||
TextBoxForm.Top = this.mainForm.Top + this.mainForm.Height / 2 - TextBoxForm.Height / 2;
|
||||
TextBoxForm.Show(this.mainForm);
|
||||
this.mainForm.llTextBoxForms.Add(TextBoxForm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
public void llTextBox(SecondLife.key avatar, SecondLife.String message, SecondLife.integer channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (message.ToString().Length >= 512)
|
||||
{
|
||||
VerboseMessage("llTextBox: message too long, must be less than 512 characters");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (message.ToString().Length == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
VerboseMessage("llTextBos: must supply a message");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.mainForm.Invoke(new ShowTextBoxDelegate(TextBox), this, (SecondLife.String)GetObjectName(), secondLife.llGetOwner(), (SecondLife.String)Properties.Settings.Default.AvatarName, message, channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void SetPermissions(SecondLife.integer intPermissions)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("run_time_permissions", intPermissions);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
delegate void RequestPermissionsDelegate(
|
||||
SecondLifeHost host,
|
||||
SecondLife.String objectName,
|
||||
SecondLife.key k,
|
||||
SecondLife.String name,
|
||||
SecondLife.key agent,
|
||||
SecondLife.integer intPermissions);
|
||||
private void RequestPermissions(
|
||||
SecondLifeHost host,
|
||||
SecondLife.String objectName,
|
||||
SecondLife.key k,
|
||||
SecondLife.String name,
|
||||
SecondLife.key agent,
|
||||
SecondLife.integer intPermissions)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PermissionsForm PermissionForm = new PermissionsForm(this, GetObjectName(), secondLife.llGetOwner(), Properties.Settings.Default.AvatarName, agent, intPermissions);
|
||||
PermissionForm.Left = this.mainForm.Right - PermissionForm.Width - 5;
|
||||
PermissionForm.Top = this.mainForm.Top + 30;
|
||||
PermissionForm.Show(this.mainForm);
|
||||
this.mainForm.PermissionForms.Add(PermissionForm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void llRequestPermissions(SecondLife.key agent, SecondLife.integer intPermissions)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.mainForm.Invoke(new RequestPermissionsDelegate(RequestPermissions),
|
||||
this,
|
||||
(SecondLife.String)GetObjectName(),
|
||||
secondLife.llGetOwner(),
|
||||
(SecondLife.String)Properties.Settings.Default.AvatarName,
|
||||
agent,
|
||||
intPermissions);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private int m_intControls = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
public void SendControl(Keys keys)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_intControls < 0)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (this.secondLife == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// check againt m_intControls TODO!!!!!
|
||||
|
||||
int held = 0;
|
||||
int change = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((keys & Keys.Up) == Keys.Up)
|
||||
held |= SecondLife.CONTROL_UP;
|
||||
if ((keys & Keys.Down) == Keys.Down)
|
||||
held |= SecondLife.CONTROL_DOWN;
|
||||
if ((keys & Keys.Left) == Keys.Left)
|
||||
held |= SecondLife.CONTROL_LEFT;
|
||||
if ((keys & Keys.Right) == Keys.Right)
|
||||
held |= SecondLife.CONTROL_RIGHT;
|
||||
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("control", (SecondLife.key)Properties.Settings.Default.AvatarKey, (SecondLife.integer)held, (SecondLife.integer)change);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void TakeControls(int intControls, int accept, int pass_on)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.m_intControls = intControls;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void ReleaseControls()
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.m_intControls = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#region Notecards
|
||||
private void GetNotecardLineWorker(SecondLife.key k, string strPath, int line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
StreamReader sr = new StreamReader(strPath);
|
||||
int intI = 0;
|
||||
string strData = SecondLife.EOF;
|
||||
while (!sr.EndOfStream)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strLine = sr.ReadLine();
|
||||
if (intI == line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
strData = strLine;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
intI++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sr.Close();
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("dataserver", k, (SecondLife.String)strData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLife.key GetNotecardLine(string name, int line)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strPath = mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetPath(this.guid, name);
|
||||
if(strPath == string.Empty)
|
||||
strPath = Path.Combine(Path.GetDirectoryName(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location), name);
|
||||
if (!File.Exists(strPath))
|
||||
{
|
||||
VerboseMessage("Notecard: " + strPath + " not found");
|
||||
taskQueue.Invoke(secondLife, "llSay", (SecondLife.integer)0, (SecondLife.String)("Couldn't find notecard " + name));
|
||||
return SecondLife.NULL_KEY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SecondLife.key k = new SecondLife.key(Guid.NewGuid());
|
||||
taskQueue.Invoke(this, "GetNotecardLineWorker", k, strPath, line);
|
||||
return k;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private void GetNumberOfNotecardLinesWorker(SecondLife.key k, string strPath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
StreamReader sr = new StreamReader(strPath);
|
||||
int intI = 0;
|
||||
while (!sr.EndOfStream)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strLine = sr.ReadLine();
|
||||
intI++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sr.Close();
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("dataserver", k, (SecondLife.String)intI.ToString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLife.key GetNumberOfNotecardLines(string name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strPath = mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetPath(this.guid, name);
|
||||
if (strPath == string.Empty)
|
||||
strPath = Path.Combine(Path.GetDirectoryName(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location), name);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!File.Exists(strPath))
|
||||
{
|
||||
VerboseMessage("Notecard: " + strPath + " not found");
|
||||
taskQueue.Invoke(secondLife, "llSay", (SecondLife.integer)0, (SecondLife.String)("Couldn't find notecard " + name));
|
||||
return SecondLife.NULL_KEY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SecondLife.key k = new SecondLife.key(Guid.NewGuid());
|
||||
taskQueue.Invoke(this, "GetNumberOfNotecardLinesWorker", k, strPath);
|
||||
return k;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endregion
|
||||
|
||||
#region XML-RPC
|
||||
|
||||
private List<XMLRPC> listXmlRpc;
|
||||
public void llOpenRemoteDataChannel()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (listXmlRpc == null)
|
||||
listXmlRpc = new List<XMLRPC>();
|
||||
XMLRPC xmlRpc = new XMLRPC();
|
||||
xmlRpc.OnRequest += new XMLRPC.RequestEventHandler(xmlRpc_OnRequest);
|
||||
xmlRpc.OpenChannel(listXmlRpc.Count);
|
||||
listXmlRpc.Add(xmlRpc);
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("remote_data",
|
||||
SecondLife.REMOTE_DATA_CHANNEL,
|
||||
xmlRpc.guid,
|
||||
new SecondLife.key(Guid.NewGuid()),
|
||||
(SecondLife.String)("LSLEditor"),
|
||||
(SecondLife.integer)(0),
|
||||
(SecondLife.String)("Listening on " + xmlRpc.Prefix));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void xmlRpc_OnRequest(object sender, XmlRpcRequestEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
XMLRPC xmlRpc = sender as XMLRPC;
|
||||
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("remote_data",
|
||||
SecondLife.REMOTE_DATA_REQUEST,
|
||||
e.channel,
|
||||
e.message_id,
|
||||
e.sender,
|
||||
e.iData,
|
||||
e.sData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void llCloseRemoteDataChannel(SecondLife.key channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (listXmlRpc == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
foreach (XMLRPC xmlRpc in listXmlRpc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (xmlRpc.guid == channel.guid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
xmlRpc.CloseChannel();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
public void llRemoteDataReply(SecondLife.key channel, SecondLife.key message_id, string sdata, int idata)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (listXmlRpc == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
foreach (XMLRPC xmlRpc in listXmlRpc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (xmlRpc.guid == channel.guid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
xmlRpc.RemoteDataReply(channel.guid, message_id.guid, sdata, idata);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Wiki sais this is not working in InWorld
|
||||
public SecondLife.key llSendRemoteData(SecondLife.key channel, string dest, int idata, string sdata)
|
||||
{
|
||||
XMLRPC xmlRpc = new XMLRPC();
|
||||
xmlRpc.OnReply += new XMLRPC.RequestEventHandler(xmlRpc_OnReply);
|
||||
SecondLife.key message_id = xmlRpc.SendRemoteData(channel, dest, idata, sdata);
|
||||
return message_id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Wiki sais currently disabled
|
||||
void xmlRpc_OnReply(object sender, XmlRpcRequestEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("remote_data",
|
||||
SecondLife.REMOTE_DATA_REPLY,
|
||||
e.channel,
|
||||
e.message_id,
|
||||
(SecondLife.String)"", // Wiki
|
||||
e.iData,
|
||||
e.sData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endregion
|
||||
|
||||
public string GetObjectName(Guid guid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strObjectName = mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetObjectName(guid);
|
||||
if (strObjectName != string.Empty)
|
||||
return strObjectName;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return this.ObjectName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public string GetObjectName()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetObjectName(this.guid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void SetObjectName(string name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!mainForm.SolutionExplorer.SetObjectName(this.guid, name))
|
||||
ObjectName = name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public string GetObjectDescription(Guid guid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strObjectDescription = mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetObjectDescription(guid);
|
||||
if (strObjectDescription != string.Empty)
|
||||
return strObjectDescription;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return this.ObjectDescription;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public string GetObjectDescription()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetObjectDescription(this.guid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void SetObjectDescription(string description)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!mainForm.SolutionExplorer.SetObjectDescription(this.guid, description))
|
||||
this.ObjectDescription = description;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public string GetScriptName()
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strScriptName = mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetScriptName(this.guid);
|
||||
if (strScriptName == string.Empty)
|
||||
strScriptName = this.FullPath;
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.llGetScriptName)
|
||||
strScriptName = Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(strScriptName);
|
||||
else
|
||||
strScriptName = Path.GetFileName(strScriptName);
|
||||
return strScriptName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLife.key GetKey()
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strGuid = mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetKey(this.guid);
|
||||
if (strGuid == string.Empty)
|
||||
return new SecondLife.key(this.guid);
|
||||
return new SecondLife.key(strGuid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLife.String GetInventoryName(SecondLife.integer type, SecondLife.integer number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strInventoryName = mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetInventoryName(this.guid, type, number);
|
||||
if (strInventoryName == string.Empty)
|
||||
return "**GetInventoryName only works in SolutionExplorer**";
|
||||
return strInventoryName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLife.key GetInventoryKey(SecondLife.String name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strInventoryKey = mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetInventoryKey(this.guid, name);
|
||||
if (strInventoryKey == string.Empty)
|
||||
return new SecondLife.key(Guid.Empty);
|
||||
return new SecondLife.key(strInventoryKey);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLife.integer GetInventoryNumber(SecondLife.integer type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetInventoryNumber(this.guid, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public SecondLife.integer GetInventoryType(SecondLife.String name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetInventoryType(this.guid, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void RemoveInventory(SecondLife.String name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mainForm.SolutionExplorer.RemoveInventory(this.guid, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public System.Media.SoundPlayer GetSoundPlayer(string sound)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strPath = mainForm.SolutionExplorer.GetPath(this.guid, sound);
|
||||
if (strPath == string.Empty)
|
||||
strPath = sound;
|
||||
return new System.Media.SoundPlayer(strPath);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void sensor_timer_Elapsed(object sender, System.Timers.ElapsedEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SecondLife.integer total_number = 1;
|
||||
ExecuteSecondLife("sensor", total_number);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
|
@ -80,7 +76,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static explicit operator String(float i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new String(string.Format("{0:0.000000}",i));
|
||||
return new String(string.Format("{0:0.000000}", i));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static implicit operator string(String s)
|
||||
|
@ -100,19 +96,16 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static bool operator !=(String x, String y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !(x==y);
|
||||
return !(x == y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Public overrides
|
||||
|
||||
public override bool Equals(object o)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
return (bool)(this.value == o.ToString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -124,8 +117,9 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public override string ToString()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
if (this.value == null) {
|
||||
this.value = "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return this.value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
|
@ -57,8 +53,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
get
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_value == null)
|
||||
m_value = (Int32)0;
|
||||
if (m_value == null) m_value = (Int32)0;
|
||||
return (Int32)m_value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
set
|
||||
|
@ -137,10 +132,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
// Logical negation (NOT) operator
|
||||
public static integer operator !(integer x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x.value == 0)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return x.value == 0 ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Bitwise AND operator
|
||||
|
@ -257,22 +249,21 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static int Compare(integer a, integer b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a.value < b.value)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (a.value > b.value)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
int intResult = 0;
|
||||
if (a.value < b.value) {
|
||||
intResult = -1;
|
||||
} else if (a.value > b.value) {
|
||||
intResult = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return intResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Override the Object.Equals(object o) method:
|
||||
public override bool Equals(object o)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
return (bool)(this == (integer)o);
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
|
@ -84,25 +80,18 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
// This is the one-and-only implicit typecasting in SecondLife
|
||||
public static implicit operator key(string strGuid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strGuid == null)
|
||||
return new key("");
|
||||
else
|
||||
return new key(strGuid);
|
||||
return strGuid == null ? new key("") : new key(strGuid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static implicit operator key(String _strGuid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strGuid = _strGuid;
|
||||
if (strGuid == null)
|
||||
return new key("");
|
||||
else
|
||||
return new key(strGuid);
|
||||
return strGuid == null ? new key("") : new key(strGuid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public override string ToString()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.guid == null)
|
||||
this.guid = "";
|
||||
if (this.guid == null) this.guid = "";
|
||||
return this.guid.ToString();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -129,34 +118,27 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static bool operator true(key k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)k == null)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (k.guid == NULL_KEY)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (k.guid == "")
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
bool bResult = true;
|
||||
if ((object)k == null || k.guid == NULL_KEY || k.guid == "") {
|
||||
bResult = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static bool operator false(key k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)k == null)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if (k.guid == NULL_KEY)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if (k.guid == "")
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
bool bResult = false;
|
||||
if ((object)k == null || k.guid == NULL_KEY || k.guid == "") {
|
||||
bResult = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public override bool Equals(object obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
return (this == (key)obj);
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
using System.Collections;
|
||||
|
@ -70,94 +66,85 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
get
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (this.value == null) this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
return this.value.Count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void AddRange(list c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(this.value == null)
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (this.value == null) this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
this.value.AddRange(c.ToArray());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void Add(object value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (this.value == null) this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
string strType = value.GetType().ToString();
|
||||
if (value is string)
|
||||
if (value is string) {
|
||||
this.value.Add((String)value.ToString());
|
||||
else if (value is int)
|
||||
} else if (value is int) {
|
||||
this.value.Add(new integer((int)value));
|
||||
else if (value is uint)
|
||||
} else if (value is uint) {
|
||||
this.value.Add(new integer((int)(uint)value));
|
||||
else if (value is double)
|
||||
} else if (value is double) {
|
||||
this.value.Add(new Float((double)value));
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.value.Add(value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public object this[int index]
|
||||
{
|
||||
get
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (this.value == null) this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
return this.value[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
set
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (this.value == null) this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
this.value[index] = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void Insert(int index, object value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (this.value == null) this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (this.value == null) this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
string strType = value.GetType().ToString();
|
||||
if (value is string)
|
||||
if (value is string) {
|
||||
this.value.Insert(index, (String)value.ToString());
|
||||
else if (value is int)
|
||||
} else if (value is int) {
|
||||
this.value.Insert(index, new integer((int)value));
|
||||
else if (value is uint)
|
||||
} else if (value is uint) {
|
||||
this.value.Insert(index, new integer((int)(uint)value));
|
||||
else if (value is double)
|
||||
} else if (value is double) {
|
||||
this.value.Insert(index, new Float((double)value));
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.value.Insert(index, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public object[] ToArray()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (this.value == null) this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
return this.value.ToArray();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static list operator +(list a, list b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list l = new list();
|
||||
if((object)a != null)
|
||||
l.AddRange(a);
|
||||
if ((object)b != null)
|
||||
l.AddRange(b);
|
||||
if ((object)a != null) l.AddRange(a);
|
||||
if ((object)b != null) l.AddRange(b);
|
||||
return l;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static list operator +(object b, list a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list l = new list();
|
||||
if ((object)a != null)
|
||||
l.AddRange(a);
|
||||
if ((object)a != null) l.AddRange(a);
|
||||
l.Insert(0, b);
|
||||
return l;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -165,8 +152,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
public static list operator +(list a, object b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
list l = new list();
|
||||
if ((object)a != null)
|
||||
l.AddRange(a);
|
||||
if ((object)a != null) l.AddRange(a);
|
||||
l.Add(b);
|
||||
return l;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -235,50 +221,50 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static integer operator ==(list l, list m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (l.Count != m.Count)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < l.Count; intI++)
|
||||
if (!l[intI].Equals(m[intI]))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
int iResult = TRUE;
|
||||
if (l.Count != m.Count) {
|
||||
iResult = FALSE;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < l.Count; intI++) {
|
||||
if (!l[intI].Equals(m[intI])) {
|
||||
iResult = FALSE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return iResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static integer operator !=(list l, list m)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int intDifferent=0;
|
||||
if (m.Count == 0) // shortcut
|
||||
return l.Count;
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < l.Count; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool blnFound = false;
|
||||
for (int intJ = 0; intJ < m.Count; intJ++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (l[intI].Equals(m[intJ]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
blnFound = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
int intDifferent = 0;
|
||||
if (m.Count == 0) {// shortcut
|
||||
intDifferent = l.Count;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < l.Count; intI++) {
|
||||
bool blnFound = false;
|
||||
for (int intJ = 0; intJ < m.Count; intJ++) {
|
||||
if (l[intI].Equals(m[intJ])) {
|
||||
blnFound = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!blnFound) intDifferent++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!blnFound)
|
||||
intDifferent++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return intDifferent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static bool operator true(list x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)x == null)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return (x.value.Count != 0);
|
||||
return (object)x == null ? false : (x.value.Count != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Definitely false operator. Returns true if the operand is
|
||||
// ==0, false otherwise:
|
||||
public static bool operator false(list x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)x == null)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
return (x.value.Count == 0);
|
||||
return (object)x == null ? true : (x.value.Count == 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -295,19 +281,19 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public string ToVerboseString()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
if (this.value == null) {
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder();
|
||||
sb.Append('[');
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < this.value.Count; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(intI>0)
|
||||
sb.Append(',');
|
||||
if((this.value[intI] is string) && Properties.Settings.Default.QuotesListVerbose)
|
||||
sb.Append("\""+this.value[intI].ToString()+"\"");
|
||||
else
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < this.value.Count; intI++) {
|
||||
if (intI > 0) sb.Append(',');
|
||||
if ((this.value[intI] is string) && Properties.Settings.Default.QuotesListVerbose) {
|
||||
sb.Append("\"" + this.value[intI].ToString() + "\"");
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
sb.Append(this.value[intI].ToString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
sb.Append(']');
|
||||
return sb.ToString();
|
||||
|
@ -315,33 +301,25 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public override string ToString()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value == null)
|
||||
this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
if (this.value == null) this.value = new ArrayList();
|
||||
StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder();
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < this.value.Count; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.value[intI] is vector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < this.value.Count; intI++) {
|
||||
if (this.value[intI] is vector) {
|
||||
vector v = (vector)this.value[intI];
|
||||
sb.AppendFormat(new System.Globalization.CultureInfo("en-us"), "<{0:0.000000}, {1:0.000000}, {2:0.000000}>", (double)v.x, (double)v.y, (double)v.z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (this.value[intI] is rotation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else if (this.value[intI] is rotation) {
|
||||
rotation r = (rotation)this.value[intI];
|
||||
sb.AppendFormat(new System.Globalization.CultureInfo("en-us"), "<{0:0.000000}, {1:0.000000}, {2:0.000000}, {3:0.000000}>", (double)r.x, (double)r.y, (double)r.z, (double)r.s);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
sb.Append(this.value[intI].ToString());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return sb.ToString();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static explicit operator String(list l)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)l == null)
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
return l.ToString();
|
||||
return (object)l == null ? "" : l.ToString();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -56,8 +52,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
get
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_x == null)
|
||||
m_x = (Float)0;
|
||||
if (m_x == null) m_x = (Float)0;
|
||||
return (Float)m_x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
set
|
||||
|
@ -70,8 +65,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
get
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_y == null)
|
||||
m_y = (Float)0;
|
||||
if (m_y == null) m_y = (Float)0;
|
||||
return (Float)m_y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
set
|
||||
|
@ -84,8 +78,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
get
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_z == null)
|
||||
m_z = (Float)0;
|
||||
if (m_z == null) m_z = (Float)0;
|
||||
return (Float)m_z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
set
|
||||
|
@ -98,8 +91,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
get
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_s == null)
|
||||
m_s = (Float)0;
|
||||
if (m_s == null) m_s = (Float)0;
|
||||
return (Float)m_s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
set
|
||||
|
@ -137,8 +129,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
RegexOptions.IgnorePatternWhitespace |
|
||||
RegexOptions.Compiled);
|
||||
Match m = regex.Match(a);
|
||||
if (m.Success)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m.Success) {
|
||||
this.m_x = new Float(m.Groups["x"].Value);
|
||||
this.m_y = new Float(m.Groups["y"].Value);
|
||||
this.m_z = new Float(m.Groups["z"].Value);
|
||||
|
@ -158,10 +149,11 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static explicit operator String(rotation rot)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)rot == null)
|
||||
if ((object)rot == null) {
|
||||
return ZERO_ROTATION.ToString();
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return rot.ToString();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 23 feb 2008
|
||||
|
@ -220,19 +212,19 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static bool operator ==(rotation r1, rotation r2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)r1 == null)
|
||||
r1 = ZERO_ROTATION;
|
||||
if ((object)r2 == null)
|
||||
r2 = ZERO_ROTATION;
|
||||
if (Math.Abs(r1.x - r2.x) > EqualityTolerence)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (Math.Abs(r1.y - r2.y) > EqualityTolerence)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (Math.Abs(r1.z - r2.z) > EqualityTolerence)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (Math.Abs(r1.s - r2.s) > EqualityTolerence)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
bool bReturn = true;
|
||||
if ((object)r1 == null) r1 = ZERO_ROTATION;
|
||||
if ((object)r2 == null) r2 = ZERO_ROTATION;
|
||||
if (Math.Abs(r1.x - r2.x) > EqualityTolerence) {
|
||||
bReturn = false;
|
||||
} else if (Math.Abs(r1.y - r2.y) > EqualityTolerence) {
|
||||
bReturn = false;
|
||||
} else if (Math.Abs(r1.z - r2.z) > EqualityTolerence) {
|
||||
bReturn = false;
|
||||
} else if (Math.Abs(r1.s - r2.s) > EqualityTolerence) {
|
||||
bReturn = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bReturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static bool operator !=(rotation r, rotation s)
|
||||
|
@ -242,19 +234,23 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static bool operator true(rotation r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)r == null)
|
||||
if ((object)r == null) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (r.x == 0 && r.y == 0 && r.z == 0 && r.s == 1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (r.x == 0 && r.y == 0 && r.z == 0 && r.s == 1) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static bool operator false(rotation r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)r == null)
|
||||
if ((object)r == null) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if (r.x == 0 && r.y == 0 && r.z == 0 && r.s == 1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (r.x == 0 && r.y == 0 && r.z == 0 && r.s == 1) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -266,12 +262,9 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public override bool Equals(object obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
return (this == (rotation)obj);
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
// vector.cs
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -221,18 +217,18 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static bool operator ==(vector v1, vector v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)v1 == null)
|
||||
v1 = ZERO_VECTOR;
|
||||
if ((object)v2 == null)
|
||||
v2 = ZERO_VECTOR;
|
||||
if ((object)v1 == null) v1 = ZERO_VECTOR;
|
||||
if ((object)v2 == null) v2 = ZERO_VECTOR;
|
||||
|
||||
if (Math.Abs(v1.x - v2.x) > EqualityTolerence)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (Math.Abs(v1.y - v2.y) > EqualityTolerence)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (Math.Abs(v1.z - v2.z) > EqualityTolerence)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
bool bResult = true;
|
||||
if (Math.Abs(v1.x - v2.x) > EqualityTolerence) {
|
||||
bResult = false;
|
||||
} else if (Math.Abs(v1.y - v2.y) > EqualityTolerence) {
|
||||
bResult = false;
|
||||
} else if (Math.Abs(v1.z - v2.z) > EqualityTolerence) {
|
||||
bResult = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static bool operator !=(vector v1, vector v2)
|
||||
|
@ -242,19 +238,17 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static bool operator true(vector v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)v == null)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (v.x == 0 && v.y == 0 && v.z == 0)
|
||||
if ((object)v == null || (v.x == 0 && v.y == 0 && v.z == 0)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public static bool operator false(vector v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)v == null)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
if (v.x == 0 && v.y == 0 && v.z == 0)
|
||||
if ((object)v == null || (v.x == 0 && v.y == 0 && v.z == 0)) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -265,10 +259,11 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public static explicit operator String(vector v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((object)v == null)
|
||||
if ((object)v == null) {
|
||||
return ZERO_VECTOR.ToString();
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return v.ToString();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public override int GetHashCode()
|
||||
|
@ -278,12 +273,9 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public override bool Equals(object obj)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
try {
|
||||
return (this == (vector)obj);
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
|
@ -71,10 +67,12 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.History = new List<string>();
|
||||
this.intHistory = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.SimulatorLocation != Point.Empty)
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.SimulatorLocation != Point.Empty) {
|
||||
this.Location = Properties.Settings.Default.SimulatorLocation;
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.SimulatorSize != Size.Empty)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.SimulatorSize != Size.Empty) {
|
||||
this.Size = Properties.Settings.Default.SimulatorSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
this.Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -86,11 +84,11 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
this.LocationChanged += new EventHandler(SimulatorConsole_LocationChanged);
|
||||
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children) {
|
||||
EditForm editForm = form as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed)
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
editForm.ChatHandler = chathandler;
|
||||
editForm.MessageLinkedHandler = messagelinkedhandler;
|
||||
editForm.StartCompiler();
|
||||
|
@ -99,11 +97,11 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public void Stop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children) {
|
||||
EditForm editForm = form as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed)
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
editForm.StopCompiler();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -118,24 +116,26 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.Listen(e);
|
||||
|
||||
// talk only to the owner
|
||||
if (e.how == CommunicationType.OwnerSay)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (e.How != CommunicationType.OwnerSay) {
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children) {
|
||||
EditForm editForm = form as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EditForm editForm = form as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime == null) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime == null)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost == null) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost == null)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// prevent loops loops loops loops, dont talk to myself
|
||||
if (sender != editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost)
|
||||
editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost.Listen(e);
|
||||
// prevent loops loops loops loops, dont talk to myself
|
||||
if (sender != editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost) {
|
||||
editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost.Listen(e);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -143,14 +143,13 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
SecondLifeHost secondLifeHostSender = sender as SecondLifeHost;
|
||||
|
||||
Guid ObjectGuid = this.solutionExplorer.GetParentGuid(secondLifeHostSender.guid);
|
||||
Guid ObjectGuid = this.solutionExplorer.GetParentGuid(secondLifeHostSender.GUID);
|
||||
Guid RootObjectGuid = this.solutionExplorer.GetParentGuid(ObjectGuid);
|
||||
|
||||
List<Guid> list;
|
||||
|
||||
int intLinkNum = e.linknum;
|
||||
switch (intLinkNum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int intLinkNum = e.LinkIndex;
|
||||
switch (intLinkNum) {
|
||||
case 1: // LINK_ROOT , root prim in linked set (but not in a single prim, which is 0)
|
||||
list = this.solutionExplorer.GetScripts(RootObjectGuid, false);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
@ -160,8 +159,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
case -2: // LINK_ALL_OTHERS , all other prims in object besides prim function is in
|
||||
list = this.solutionExplorer.GetScripts(RootObjectGuid, true);
|
||||
// remove scripts in prim itself, and below
|
||||
foreach (Guid guid in this.solutionExplorer.GetScripts(ObjectGuid, true))
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Guid guid in this.solutionExplorer.GetScripts(ObjectGuid, true)) {
|
||||
if (list.Contains(guid))
|
||||
list.Remove(guid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -169,19 +167,18 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
case -3: // LINK_ALL_CHILDREN , all child prims in object
|
||||
list = this.solutionExplorer.GetScripts(RootObjectGuid, true);
|
||||
// remove root itself
|
||||
foreach (Guid guid in this.solutionExplorer.GetScripts(RootObjectGuid, false))
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Guid guid in this.solutionExplorer.GetScripts(RootObjectGuid, false)) {
|
||||
if (list.Contains(guid))
|
||||
list.Remove(guid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case -4: // LINK_THIS
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* From SL Wiki: "Causes the script to act only upon the prim the prim the script is in."
|
||||
* This means LINK_THIS, links to every script in the prim, not just the caller.
|
||||
* @author = MrSoundless
|
||||
* @date = 28 April 2011
|
||||
*/
|
||||
case -4: // LINK_THIS
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* From SL Wiki: "Causes the script to act only upon the prim the prim the script is in."
|
||||
* This means LINK_THIS, links to every script in the prim, not just the caller.
|
||||
* @author = MrSoundless
|
||||
* @date = 28 April 2011
|
||||
*/
|
||||
list = new List<Guid>();
|
||||
//list.Add(secondLifeHostSender.guid); // 4 feb 2008
|
||||
list = this.solutionExplorer.GetScripts(ObjectGuid, true); // 28 april 2011
|
||||
|
@ -193,36 +190,41 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// only send message to running scripts in list
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children) {
|
||||
EditForm editForm = form as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed)
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime == null)
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime == null) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost == null)
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost == null) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(list.Contains(editForm.guid))
|
||||
if (list.Contains(editForm.guid)) {
|
||||
editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost.LinkMessage(e);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void SimulatorConsole_OnControl(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children)
|
||||
{
|
||||
foreach (Form form in this.Children) {
|
||||
EditForm editForm = form as EditForm;
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed)
|
||||
if (editForm == null || editForm.IsDisposed) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime == null)
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime == null) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost == null)
|
||||
if (editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost == null) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
editForm.runtime.SecondLifeHost.SendControl((Keys)sender);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -231,47 +233,48 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private delegate void AppendTextDelegate(string strLine);
|
||||
public void TalkToSimulatorConsole(string strLine)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.textBox2.InvokeRequired)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.textBox2.InvokeRequired) {
|
||||
this.textBox2.Invoke(new AppendTextDelegate(TalkToSimulatorConsole), new object[] { strLine });
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.textBox2.AppendText(strLine.Replace("\n", "\r\n") + "\r\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void Chat(int channel, string name, SecondLife.key id, string message, CommunicationType how)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (OnChat != null)
|
||||
if (OnChat != null) {
|
||||
OnChat(this, new SecondLifeHostChatEventArgs(channel, name, id, message, how));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public void Listen(SecondLifeHostChatEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Translate the incomming messages a bit so it looks like SL.
|
||||
string strHow = ": ";
|
||||
if (e.how == CommunicationType.Shout)
|
||||
if (e.How == CommunicationType.Shout) {
|
||||
strHow = " shout: ";
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.how == CommunicationType.Whisper)
|
||||
strHow = " whispers: ";
|
||||
|
||||
string strWho = e.name;
|
||||
string strMessage = e.message;
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.name == Properties.Settings.Default.AvatarName)
|
||||
strWho = "You";
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.message.ToString().StartsWith("/me"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
strWho = e.name;
|
||||
strHow = " ";
|
||||
strMessage = e.message.ToString().Substring(3).Trim();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.channel == 0)
|
||||
if (e.How == CommunicationType.Whisper) {
|
||||
strHow = " whispers: ";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
string strWho = e.Name;
|
||||
string strMessage = e.Message;
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.Name == Properties.Settings.Default.AvatarName) {
|
||||
strWho = "You";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.Message.ToString().StartsWith("/me")) {
|
||||
strWho = e.Name;
|
||||
strHow = " ";
|
||||
strMessage = e.Message.ToString().Substring(3).Trim();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.Channel == 0) {
|
||||
TalkToSimulatorConsole(strWho + strHow + strMessage);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void Speak(CommunicationType how)
|
||||
|
@ -283,35 +286,26 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
intHistory = History.Count;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (strMessage == "")
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (strMessage[0] == '/')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strMessage.StartsWith("/me"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// do nothing
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
string strChannel = "";
|
||||
for (int intI = 1; intI < strMessage.Length; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strMessage[intI] >= '0' && strMessage[intI] <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
strChannel += strMessage[intI];
|
||||
if (intI < 10)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (strMessage != ""){
|
||||
if (strMessage[0] == '/') {
|
||||
if (strMessage.StartsWith("/me")) {
|
||||
// do nothing
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
string strChannel = "";
|
||||
for (int intI = 1; intI < strMessage.Length; intI++) {
|
||||
if (strMessage[intI] >= '0' && strMessage[intI] <= '9') {
|
||||
strChannel += strMessage[intI];
|
||||
if (intI < 10) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
try {
|
||||
intChannel = Convert.ToInt32(strChannel);
|
||||
strMessage = strMessage.Substring(intI).Trim();
|
||||
} catch {
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
intChannel = Convert.ToInt32(strChannel);
|
||||
strMessage = strMessage.Substring(intI).Trim();
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -336,13 +330,16 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private void ScrollChat(KeyEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
e.SuppressKeyPress = true;
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Up)
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Up) {
|
||||
intHistory = Math.Max(0, intHistory - 1);
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Down)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Down) {
|
||||
intHistory = Math.Min(History.Count, intHistory + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.textBox1.Clear();
|
||||
if (intHistory != History.Count)
|
||||
if (intHistory != History.Count) {
|
||||
this.textBox1.AppendText(History[intHistory]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void textBox1_KeyDown(object sender, KeyEventArgs e)
|
||||
|
@ -350,23 +347,16 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.buttonSay.Enabled = true;
|
||||
this.buttonShout.Enabled = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Return)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Return) {
|
||||
Speak(CommunicationType.Say);
|
||||
e.SuppressKeyPress = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (e.Control && (e.KeyCode == Keys.Up || e.KeyCode == Keys.Down))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.Control && (e.KeyCode == Keys.Up || e.KeyCode == Keys.Down)) {
|
||||
ScrollChat(e);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Down ||
|
||||
e.KeyCode == Keys.Left ||
|
||||
e.KeyCode == Keys.Right ||
|
||||
e.KeyCode == Keys.Up
|
||||
)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (OnControl != null)
|
||||
} else if (e.KeyCode == Keys.Down || e.KeyCode == Keys.Left || e.KeyCode == Keys.Right || e.KeyCode == Keys.Up ) {
|
||||
if (OnControl != null) {
|
||||
OnControl(e.KeyCode, new EventArgs());
|
||||
}
|
||||
e.SuppressKeyPress = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -391,8 +381,9 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private void textBox2_KeyDown(object sender, KeyEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.Control && e.KeyCode == Keys.A)
|
||||
if (e.Control && e.KeyCode == Keys.A) {
|
||||
this.textBox2.SelectAll();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void copyToolStripMenuItem_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Xml;
|
||||
|
@ -1992,28 +1988,28 @@ namespace LSLEditor.Solution
|
|||
return typeSL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private delegate void DelegateRemoveInventory(Guid guid, SecondLife.String name);
|
||||
public void RemoveInventory(Guid guid, SecondLife.String name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.treeView1.InvokeRequired)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.treeView1.Invoke(new DelegateRemoveInventory(RemoveInventory), new object[] { guid, name });
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
private delegate void DelegateRemoveInventory(Guid guid, SecondLife.String name);
|
||||
public void RemoveInventory(Guid guid, SecondLife.String name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.treeView1.InvokeRequired)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.treeView1.Invoke(new DelegateRemoveInventory(RemoveInventory), new object[] { guid, name });
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TreeNode treeNode = FindGuid(this.treeView1.TopNode, guid);
|
||||
if (treeNode == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
TreeNode parent = treeNode.Parent;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < parent.Nodes.Count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (parent.Nodes[i].Text == name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
parent.Nodes.RemoveAt(i);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
TreeNode treeNode = FindGuid(this.treeView1.TopNode, guid);
|
||||
if (treeNode == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
TreeNode parent = treeNode.Parent;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < parent.Nodes.Count; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (parent.Nodes[i].Text == name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
parent.Nodes.RemoveAt(i);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
private delegate string DelegateGetInventoryName(Guid guid, int type, int number);
|
||||
public string GetInventoryName(Guid guid, int type, int number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -2441,7 +2437,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor.Solution
|
|||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
public class NodeSorter : System.Collections.IComparer
|
||||
{
|
||||
public int Compare(object x, object y)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Text;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,43 @@
|
|||
using System;
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
using System.Data;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Drawing;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,43 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
// TextEditorCodeCompletion.cs
|
||||
// Code for getting/setting the Tool/Options/.../CodeCompletion dialogue options.
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis;
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor.Tools
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Reflection;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Windows.Forms;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.IO;
|
||||
using System.Net;
|
||||
|
@ -112,10 +108,11 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
{
|
||||
Uri url;
|
||||
string strVersion = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().GetName().Version.ToString();
|
||||
if (Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location).Contains("beta"))
|
||||
if (Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location).Contains("beta")) {
|
||||
url = new Uri(Properties.Settings.Default.UpdateManifest + "?beta-" + strVersion);
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
url = new Uri(Properties.Settings.Default.UpdateManifest + "?" + strVersion);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
manifest = new WebClient();
|
||||
manifest.DownloadStringCompleted += new DownloadStringCompletedEventHandler(manifest_DownloadCompleted);
|
||||
|
@ -130,28 +127,26 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
public void CheckForUpdate(bool blnForce)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!blnForce)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.DeleteOldFiles)
|
||||
if (!blnForce) {
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.DeleteOldFiles) {
|
||||
DeleteOldFile();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DateTime dateTime = Properties.Settings.Default.CheckDate;
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.CheckEveryDay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.CheckEveryDay) {
|
||||
TimeSpan lastUpdate = DateTime.Now - dateTime;
|
||||
if (lastUpdate.TotalDays >= 1.0)
|
||||
if (lastUpdate.TotalDays >= 1.0) {
|
||||
blnForce = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (Properties.Settings.Default.CheckEveryWeek)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (Properties.Settings.Default.CheckEveryWeek) {
|
||||
TimeSpan lastUpdate = DateTime.Now - dateTime;
|
||||
if(lastUpdate.TotalDays >= 7.0)
|
||||
if (lastUpdate.TotalDays >= 7.0) {
|
||||
blnForce = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (blnForce)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (blnForce) {
|
||||
Properties.Settings.Default.CheckDate = DateTime.Now;
|
||||
Properties.Settings.Default.Save(); // save also all settings
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -164,7 +159,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
if (e.Error != null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
versionInfo bzip = new versionInfo();
|
||||
versionInfo bzip = new versionInfo();
|
||||
versionInfo gzip = new versionInfo();
|
||||
versionInfo wzip = new versionInfo();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -176,19 +171,13 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
string strHelpHashMe = "";
|
||||
string strHelpFile = Path.Combine(Path.GetDirectoryName(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location), Properties.Settings.Default.HelpOfflineFile);
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strHelpFile))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strHelpFile)) {
|
||||
strHelpHashMe = Decompressor.MD5Verify.ComputeHash(strHelpFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// help file does not exist
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.HelpOffline || blnOnlyHelpFile)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Properties.Settings.Default.HelpOffline || blnOnlyHelpFile) {
|
||||
strHelpHashMe = "*"; // force new update
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
strHelpHashMe = ""; // no update
|
||||
this.labelHelpFile.Visible = false;
|
||||
this.labelHelpversionString.Visible = false;
|
||||
|
@ -196,22 +185,22 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
StringReader sr = new StringReader(e.Result);
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < 255; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = 0; intI < 255; intI++) {
|
||||
string strLine = sr.ReadLine();
|
||||
if (strLine == null)
|
||||
if (strLine == null) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
int intSplit = strLine.IndexOf("=");
|
||||
if (intSplit < 0)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int intSplit = strLine.IndexOf("=");
|
||||
if (intSplit < 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
string strName = strLine.Substring(0, intSplit);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
string strName = strLine.Substring(0, intSplit);
|
||||
string strValue = strLine.Substring(intSplit + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
//All hashes are of the uncompressed file. However, different archives may contain different versions.
|
||||
switch (strName)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (strName) {
|
||||
case "Version":
|
||||
case "BZipVersion":
|
||||
bzip = new versionInfo(strValue);
|
||||
|
@ -224,7 +213,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
case "BZipUrl":
|
||||
bzip.uri = strValue;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "GZipVersion":
|
||||
case "GZipVersion":
|
||||
gzip = new versionInfo(strValue);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "GZipHash":
|
||||
|
@ -242,7 +231,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
case "ZipUrl":
|
||||
wzip.uri = strValue;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "HelpHash":
|
||||
case "HelpHash":
|
||||
strHelpHashWeb = strValue;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case "HelpUrl2":
|
||||
|
@ -274,46 +263,39 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.labelOurVersionString.Text = current.version.ToString();
|
||||
this.labelLatestVersionString.Text = web.version.ToString();
|
||||
|
||||
if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(web.uri) || (web.version.CompareTo(current.version) != 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(web.uri) || (web.version.CompareTo(current.version) != 1)) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (strHelpHashMe == "")
|
||||
if (strHelpHashMe == "") {
|
||||
strHelpHashMe = strHelpHashWeb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (strHelpHashMe == strHelpHashWeb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strHelpHashMe == strHelpHashWeb) {
|
||||
this.labelHelpversionString.Text = "Up to date";
|
||||
this.strHelpUrl = null;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.labelHelpversionString.Text = "Out of date";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (current.hash == web.hash)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (current.hash == web.hash) {
|
||||
this.strDownloadUrl = null;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.strDownloadUrl = web.uri;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (this.blnOnlyHelpFile)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.blnOnlyHelpFile) {
|
||||
this.strDownloadUrl = null;
|
||||
this.labelLatestVersion.Visible = false;
|
||||
this.labelLatestVersionString.Visible = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (this.strHelpUrl != null || this.strDownloadUrl != null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (this.strHelpUrl != null || this.strDownloadUrl != null) {
|
||||
this.buttonUpdate.Enabled = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (OnUpdateAvailable != null)
|
||||
if (OnUpdateAvailable != null) {
|
||||
OnUpdateAvailable(this, null);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -330,85 +312,85 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
private void Download()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strHelpUrl != null)
|
||||
if (strHelpUrl != null) {
|
||||
DownloadHelpFile(); // starts also DownloadProgram when finished
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
DownloadProgram();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void DownloadHelpFile()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strHelpUrl == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (strHelpUrl != null) {
|
||||
Uri url = new Uri(strHelpUrl);
|
||||
|
||||
Uri url = new Uri(strHelpUrl);
|
||||
client = new WebClient();
|
||||
|
||||
client = new WebClient();
|
||||
if (this.strHelpReferer != null) {
|
||||
client.Headers.Add("Referer", strHelpReferer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(this.strHelpReferer != null)
|
||||
client.Headers.Add("Referer", strHelpReferer);
|
||||
client.DownloadFileCompleted += new AsyncCompletedEventHandler(client_DownloadHelpFileCompleted);
|
||||
client.DownloadProgressChanged += new DownloadProgressChangedEventHandler(client_DownloadProgressChanged);
|
||||
|
||||
client.DownloadFileCompleted += new AsyncCompletedEventHandler(client_DownloadHelpFileCompleted);
|
||||
client.DownloadProgressChanged += new DownloadProgressChangedEventHandler(client_DownloadProgressChanged);
|
||||
string strCurrentFile = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location;
|
||||
string strDirectory = Path.GetDirectoryName(strCurrentFile);
|
||||
string strNewFile = Path.Combine(strDirectory, Properties.Settings.Default.HelpOfflineFile);
|
||||
|
||||
string strCurrentFile = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location;
|
||||
string strDirectory = Path.GetDirectoryName(strCurrentFile);
|
||||
string strNewFile = Path.Combine(strDirectory, Properties.Settings.Default.HelpOfflineFile);
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strNewFile)) {
|
||||
File.Delete(strNewFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strNewFile))
|
||||
File.Delete(strNewFile);
|
||||
|
||||
client.DownloadFileAsync(url, strNewFile);
|
||||
client.DownloadFileAsync(url, strNewFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void client_DownloadHelpFileCompleted(object sender, AsyncCompletedEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.Error != null)
|
||||
try {
|
||||
if (e.Error != null) {
|
||||
throw e.Error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
string strCurrentFile = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location;
|
||||
string strDirectory = Path.GetDirectoryName(strCurrentFile);
|
||||
string strNewFile = Path.Combine(strDirectory, Properties.Settings.Default.HelpOfflineFile);
|
||||
|
||||
string strComputedHash = Decompressor.MD5Verify.ComputeHash(strNewFile);
|
||||
if (strComputedHash != strHelpHashWeb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strComputedHash != strHelpHashWeb) {
|
||||
this.buttonUpdate.Enabled = true;
|
||||
throw new Exception("MD5 Hash of HelpFile not correct, try downloading again!");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (this.strDownloadUrl != null)
|
||||
if (this.strDownloadUrl != null) {
|
||||
DownloadProgram();
|
||||
else
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (Exception exception)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
} catch (Exception exception) {
|
||||
MessageBox.Show(exception.Message, "Oops...", MessageBoxButtons.OK, MessageBoxIcon.Error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void DownloadProgram()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strDownloadUrl == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (strDownloadUrl != null) {
|
||||
Uri url = new Uri(strDownloadUrl);
|
||||
|
||||
Uri url = new Uri(strDownloadUrl);
|
||||
client = new WebClient();
|
||||
client.DownloadFileCompleted += new AsyncCompletedEventHandler(client_DownloadFileCompleted);
|
||||
client.DownloadProgressChanged += new DownloadProgressChangedEventHandler(client_DownloadProgressChanged);
|
||||
|
||||
client = new WebClient();
|
||||
client.DownloadFileCompleted += new AsyncCompletedEventHandler(client_DownloadFileCompleted);
|
||||
client.DownloadProgressChanged += new DownloadProgressChangedEventHandler(client_DownloadProgressChanged);
|
||||
string strCurrentFile = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location;
|
||||
string strDirectory = Path.GetDirectoryName(strCurrentFile);
|
||||
string strNewFileName = Path.GetFileName(strDownloadUrl);
|
||||
string strNewFile = Path.Combine(strDirectory, strNewFileName);
|
||||
|
||||
string strCurrentFile = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location;
|
||||
string strDirectory = Path.GetDirectoryName(strCurrentFile);
|
||||
string strNewFileName = Path.GetFileName(strDownloadUrl);
|
||||
string strNewFile = Path.Combine(strDirectory, strNewFileName);
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strNewFile)) {
|
||||
File.Delete(strNewFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strNewFile))
|
||||
File.Delete(strNewFile);
|
||||
|
||||
client.DownloadFileAsync(url, strNewFile, strNewFileName);
|
||||
client.DownloadFileAsync(url, strNewFile, strNewFileName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void client_DownloadProgressChanged(object sender, DownloadProgressChangedEventArgs e)
|
||||
|
@ -418,10 +400,10 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
|
||||
void client_DownloadFileCompleted(object sender, AsyncCompletedEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
try
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (e.Error != null)
|
||||
try {
|
||||
if (e.Error != null) {
|
||||
throw e.Error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
string strNewFileName = e.UserState.ToString();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -433,8 +415,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
string strOldFile = Path.Combine(strDirectory, "_LSLEditor.exe");
|
||||
|
||||
string strExtension = Path.GetExtension(strNewFileName);
|
||||
switch (strExtension)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (strExtension) {
|
||||
case ".bz2":
|
||||
Decompressor.BZip2.Decompress(File.OpenRead(strZipFile), File.Create(strNewFile));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
@ -449,16 +430,16 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
string strComputedHash = Decompressor.MD5Verify.ComputeHash(strNewFile);
|
||||
if (strComputedHash == strHashWeb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strComputedHash == strHashWeb) {
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strOldFile))
|
||||
File.Delete(strOldFile);
|
||||
|
||||
File.Move(strCurrentFile, strOldFile);
|
||||
File.Move(strNewFile, strCurrentFile);
|
||||
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strZipFile))
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strZipFile)) {
|
||||
File.Delete(strZipFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// save all there is pending (if any)
|
||||
Properties.Settings.Default.Save();
|
||||
|
@ -466,32 +447,28 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
System.Diagnostics.Process.Start(strCurrentFile);
|
||||
|
||||
Environment.Exit(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
this.buttonUpdate.Enabled = true;
|
||||
throw new Exception("MD5 Hash not correct, try downloading again!");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
catch (Exception exception)
|
||||
{
|
||||
} catch (Exception exception) {
|
||||
MessageBox.Show(exception.Message, "Oops...", MessageBoxButtons.OK, MessageBoxIcon.Error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void UpdateApplicationForm_FormClosing(object sender, FormClosingEventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (client != null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (client.IsBusy)
|
||||
if (client != null) {
|
||||
if (client.IsBusy) {
|
||||
client.CancelAsync();
|
||||
}
|
||||
client.Dispose();
|
||||
}
|
||||
client = null;
|
||||
if (manifest != null)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (manifest.IsBusy)
|
||||
if (manifest != null) {
|
||||
if (manifest.IsBusy) {
|
||||
manifest.CancelAsync();
|
||||
}
|
||||
manifest.Dispose();
|
||||
}
|
||||
manifest = null;
|
||||
|
@ -502,9 +479,10 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
string strCurrentFile = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().Location;
|
||||
string strDirectory = Path.GetDirectoryName(strCurrentFile);
|
||||
string strOldFile = Path.Combine(strDirectory, "_LSLEditor.exe");
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strOldFile))
|
||||
if (File.Exists(strOldFile)) {
|
||||
File.Delete(strOldFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@
|
|||
// </auto-generated>
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This source code was auto-generated by Microsoft.VSDesigner, Version 4.0.30319.261.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
#pragma warning disable 1591
|
||||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor.org.lsleditor.www {
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,46 +1,42 @@
|
|||
// /**
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * The code was donated on 4/28/2010 by Alphons van der Heijden
|
||||
// * To Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands & Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2.
|
||||
// * In agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears.
|
||||
// * Without his work the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group
|
||||
// * to you under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2.0
|
||||
// * ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement
|
||||
// * ("Other License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group. Terms of
|
||||
// * the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// * LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// * Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
// * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
// * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
// * GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
// * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
// * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
|
||||
// * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
// *
|
||||
// ********
|
||||
// */
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
using System;
|
||||
using System.Collections;
|
||||
using System.ComponentModel;
|
||||
|
@ -58,7 +54,7 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
private string OwnerName;
|
||||
private SecondLife.key id;
|
||||
|
||||
public llDialogForm(SecondLifeHost host, SecondLife.String strObjectName, SecondLife.key id, SecondLife.String strOwner, SecondLife.String strMessage, SecondLife.list buttons, SecondLife.integer intChannel)
|
||||
public llDialogForm(SecondLifeHost host, SecondLife.String strObjectName, SecondLife.key id, SecondLife.String strOwner, SecondLife.String strMessage, SecondLife.list buttons, SecondLife.integer intChannel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
InitializeComponent();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -68,21 +64,19 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.ObjectName = strObjectName;
|
||||
this.id = id;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int intI = 1; intI <= 12; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = 1; intI <= 12; intI++) {
|
||||
Button button = this.Controls["Button" + intI] as Button;
|
||||
button.Visible = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
this.label1.Text = strOwner + "'s '" + strObjectName +"'";
|
||||
this.label2.Text = strMessage.ToString().Replace("&","&&");
|
||||
this.label1.Text = strOwner + "'s '" + strObjectName + "'";
|
||||
this.label2.Text = strMessage.ToString().Replace("&", "&&");
|
||||
|
||||
for (int intI = 1; intI <= buttons.Count; intI++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int intI = 1; intI <= buttons.Count; intI++) {
|
||||
Button button = this.Controls["Button" + intI] as Button;
|
||||
if (button == null)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
button.Text = buttons[intI - 1].ToString().Replace("&","&&");
|
||||
button.Text = buttons[intI - 1].ToString().Replace("&", "&&");
|
||||
button.Visible = true;
|
||||
button.Click += new EventHandler(button_Click);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -91,10 +85,10 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
void button_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Button button = sender as Button;
|
||||
if (button == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
host.Chat(this,this.Channel, this.OwnerName, this.id, button.Text.Replace("&&","&"), CommunicationType.Say);
|
||||
this.Close();
|
||||
if (button != null) {
|
||||
host.Chat(this, this.Channel, this.OwnerName, this.id, button.Text.Replace("&&", "&"), CommunicationType.Say);
|
||||
this.Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void button13_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
|
@ -102,4 +96,4 @@ namespace LSLEditor
|
|||
this.Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,43 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
// <copyright file="gpl-2.0.txt">
|
||||
// ORIGINAL CODE BASE IS Copyright (C) 2006-2010 by Alphons van der Heijden.
|
||||
// The code was donated on 2010-04-28 by Alphons van der Heijden to Brandon 'Dimentox Travanti' Husbands &
|
||||
// Malcolm J. Kudra, who in turn License under the GPLv2 in agreement with Alphons van der Heijden's wishes.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The community would like to thank Alphons for all of his hard work, blood sweat and tears. Without his work
|
||||
// the community would be stuck with crappy editors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The source code in this file ("Source Code") is provided by The LSLEditor Group to you under the terms of the GNU
|
||||
// General Public License, version 2.0 ("GPL"), unless you have obtained a separate licensing agreement ("Other
|
||||
// License"), formally executed by you and The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
// Terms of the GPL can be found in the gplv2.txt document.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GPLv2 Header
|
||||
// ************
|
||||
// LSLEditor, a External editor for the LSL Language.
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2010 The LSLEditor Group.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
// License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
|
||||
// later version.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
// warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
// Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in copies or substantial portions of the
|
||||
// Software.
|
||||
// ********************************************************************************************************************
|
||||
// </copyright>
|
||||
//
|
||||
// <summary>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//
|
||||
// </summary>
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* @author MrSoundless
|
||||
* @date 29 April 2011
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -12,40 +51,39 @@ using System.Windows.Forms;
|
|||
|
||||
namespace LSLEditor
|
||||
{
|
||||
public partial class llTextBoxForm : Form
|
||||
{
|
||||
private SecondLifeHost host;
|
||||
private int Channel;
|
||||
private string ObjectName;
|
||||
private string OwnerName;
|
||||
private SecondLife.key id;
|
||||
public partial class llTextBoxForm : Form
|
||||
{
|
||||
private SecondLifeHost host;
|
||||
private int Channel;
|
||||
private string ObjectName;
|
||||
private string OwnerName;
|
||||
private SecondLife.key id;
|
||||
|
||||
public llTextBoxForm(SecondLifeHost host, SecondLife.String strObjectName, SecondLife.key id, SecondLife.String strOwner, SecondLife.String strMessage, SecondLife.integer intChannel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
InitializeComponent();
|
||||
public llTextBoxForm(SecondLifeHost host, SecondLife.String strObjectName, SecondLife.key id, SecondLife.String strOwner, SecondLife.String strMessage, SecondLife.integer intChannel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
InitializeComponent();
|
||||
|
||||
this.host = host;
|
||||
this.Channel = intChannel;
|
||||
this.OwnerName = strOwner;
|
||||
this.ObjectName = strObjectName;
|
||||
this.id = id;
|
||||
this.host = host;
|
||||
this.Channel = intChannel;
|
||||
this.OwnerName = strOwner;
|
||||
this.ObjectName = strObjectName;
|
||||
this.id = id;
|
||||
|
||||
this.label1.Text = strMessage.ToString().Replace("&", "&&");
|
||||
}
|
||||
this.label1.Text = strMessage.ToString().Replace("&", "&&");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void buttonIgnore_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void buttonOK_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Button button = sender as Button;
|
||||
if (button == null)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
host.Chat(this,this.Channel, this.OwnerName, this.id, textBox.Text.Replace("&&","&"), CommunicationType.Say);
|
||||
private void buttonIgnore_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
this.Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private void buttonOK_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Button button = sender as Button;
|
||||
if (button != null) {
|
||||
host.Chat(this, this.Channel, this.OwnerName, this.id, textBox.Text.Replace("&&", "&"), CommunicationType.Say);
|
||||
this.Close();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003" ToolsVersion="4.0">
|
||||
<PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<ProjectType>Local</ProjectType>
|
||||
|
@ -125,274 +125,461 @@
|
|||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="About.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>About.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>false</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="BugReport\BugReportForm.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="BugReport\BugReportForm.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>BugReportForm.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="BugReport\UploadBugReport.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\BZip2.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\BZip2Constants.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\BZip2InputStream.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Decompressor\ZipEntry.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="BugReport\UploadBugReport.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\BZip2.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\BZip2Constants.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\BZip2InputStream.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Decompressor\ZipEntry.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\AutoHideStripBase.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockAreasEditor.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockAreasEditor.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockContent.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockContentCollection.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockContentEventArgs.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockContentHandler.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockOutlineBase.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockContentCollection.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockContentEventArgs.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockContentHandler.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockOutlineBase.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPane.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPane.SplitterControl.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPaneCaptionBase.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPaneCollection.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPaneCollection.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanel.AutoHideWindow.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanel.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanel.DockDragHandler.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanel.DragHandler.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanel.FocusManager.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanel.MdiClientController.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanel.Persistor.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanel.SplitterDragHandler.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanelExtender.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanelSkin.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanelExtender.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPanelSkin.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockPaneStripBase.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockWindow.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockWindow.SplitterControl.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockWindowCollection.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DockWindowCollection.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DragForm.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\DummyControl.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Enums.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Enums.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\FloatWindow.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\FloatWindowCollection.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Helpers\DockHelper.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Helpers\DrawHelper.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Helpers\ResourceHelper.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Helpers\Win32Helper.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\FloatWindowCollection.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Helpers\DockHelper.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Helpers\DrawHelper.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Helpers\ResourceHelper.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Helpers\Win32Helper.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\InertButtonBase.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Interfaces.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Localization.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Measures.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\NestedDockingStatus.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\NestedPaneCollection.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Resources.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Interfaces.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Localization.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Measures.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\NestedDockingStatus.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\NestedPaneCollection.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Resources.Designer.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\SplitterBase.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Strings.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\VisibleNestedPaneCollection.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Strings.Designer.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\VisibleNestedPaneCollection.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\VS2005AutoHideStrip.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\VS2005DockPaneCaption.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\VS2005DockPaneStrip.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Win32\Enums.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Win32\NativeMethods.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\KeyWords.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Win32\Enums.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Docking\Win32\NativeMethods.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\KeyWords.cs" />
|
||||
<None Include="Editor\RoundCorners.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Decompressor\Decompress.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\MsXsltContext.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\HTTPRequest.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\OutlineHelper.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\SendMyKeys.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\TextFileEncodingDetector.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\IChecksum.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Decompressor\Decompress.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\MsXsltContext.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\HTTPRequest.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\OutlineHelper.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\SendMyKeys.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\TextFileEncodingDetector.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\IChecksum.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="llTextBoxForm.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="llTextBoxForm.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>llTextBoxForm.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Plugins\Generic.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\SecondLifeConstants.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\SecondLifeEvents.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\SecondLifeFunctions.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Plugins\Generic.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\LSL_Constants.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\LSL_Events.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\LSL_Functions.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Solution\GuidProperty.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Solution\GuidProperty.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>GuidProperty.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\CodeCompletion.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\CompilerHelper.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\FileAssociator.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\GetTemplate.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\Measure.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\PrinterHelper.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\TaskQueue.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\XMLRPC.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\OopsFormatter.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\CodeCompletion.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\CompilerHelper.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\FileAssociator.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\GetTemplate.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\Measure.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\PrinterHelper.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\TaskQueue.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\XMLRPC.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\OopsFormatter.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Solution\NewProject.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Solution\NewProject.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>NewProject.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="PermissionsForm.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="PermissionsForm.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>PermissionsForm.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="GotoWindow.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="GotoWindow.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>GotoWindow.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\Numbered.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\Numbered.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>Numbered.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\TooltipWindow.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\TooltipWindow.designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>TooltipWindow.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\GListBox.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\GListBox.designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>GListBox.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\GListBoxWindow.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\GListBoxWindow.designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>GListBoxWindow.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\RichLabel.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\RichLabel.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>RichLabel.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="llDialogForm.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="llDialogForm.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>llDialogForm.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Plugins\LSLint.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Plugins\Particles.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Plugins\LSLint.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Plugins\Particles.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Browser.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Browser.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>Browser.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\AutoFormatter.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\AutoFormatter.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="EditForm.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="EditForm.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>EditForm.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="FindWindow.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="FindWindow.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>FindWindow.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="LSLEditorForm.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="LSLEditorForm.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>LSLEditorForm.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
|
||||
<DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
|
||||
<DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
|
||||
<DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
|
||||
<DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\Settings.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\Settings.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\GroupboxEvent.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\LSL2CSharp.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\LSL2CSharp.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\NumberedTextBoxUC.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\NumberedTextBoxUC.designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>NumberedTextBoxUC.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="RuntimeConsole.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="RuntimeConsole.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>RuntimeConsole.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\SecondLifeHst.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\SecondLifeHost.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\SmtpClient.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Code</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\Float.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\String.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\list.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\rotation.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\key.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\integer.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\vector.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\String.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\list.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\rotation.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\key.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\integer.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\vector.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Editor\SyntaxRichTextBox.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\WebRequestClass.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Code</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<EmbeddedResource Include="About.resx">
|
||||
<SubType>Designer</SubType>
|
||||
|
@ -400,139 +587,187 @@
|
|||
</EmbeddedResource>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SecondLife\SecondLifeMain.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Code</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>false</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\TabControlExtended.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Component</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Helpers\TabControlExtended.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>TabControlExtended.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SimulatorConsole.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SimulatorConsole.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>SimulatorConsole.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Solution\SolutionExplorer.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Solution\SolutionExplorer.designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>SolutionExplorer.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Solution\SvnAguments.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Solution\SvnAguments.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>SvnAguments.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Plugins\Svn.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\StrangeCrc.cs">
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Plugins\Svn.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="BZip2Decompress\StrangeCrc.cs" />
|
||||
<Compile Include="SyntaxError.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="SyntaxError.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>SyntaxError.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\EnvironmentPlugins.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\EnvironmentPlugins.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>EnvironmentPlugins.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\RuntimeGeneral.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\RuntimeGeneral.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>RuntimeGeneral.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\TextEditorCodeCompletion.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\TextEditorCodeCompletion.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>TextEditorCodeCompletion.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\EnvironmentBrowser.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\EnvironmentBrowser.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>EnvironmentBrowser.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\ProjectSettings.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\ProjectSettings.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>ProjectSettings.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\RuntimeInternal.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\RuntimeInternal.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>RuntimeInternal.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\RuntimeSmtp.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\RuntimeSmtp.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>RuntimeSmtp.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\RuntimeExternal.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\RuntimeExternal.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>RuntimeExternal.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\EnvironmentGeneral.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\EnvironmentGeneral.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>EnvironmentGeneral.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\TextEditorFontColors.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\TextEditorFontColors.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>TextEditorFontColors.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\EnvironmentHelp.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\EnvironmentHelp.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>EnvironmentHelp.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\TextEditorGeneral.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\TextEditorGeneral.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>TextEditorGeneral.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\ToolsOptions.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\ToolsOptions.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>ToolsOptions.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\VersionControlGeneral.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>UserControl</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Tools\VersionControlGeneral.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>VersionControlGeneral.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="ToolWindow.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="ToolWindow.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>ToolWindow.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="UpdateApplicationForm.cs">
|
||||
<SubType>Form</SubType>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="UpdateApplicationForm.Designer.cs">
|
||||
<DependentUpon>UpdateApplicationForm.cs</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<Compile Include="Web References\org.lsleditor.www\Reference.cs">
|
||||
<AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
|
||||
<DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
|
||||
<DependentUpon>Reference.map</DependentUpon>
|
||||
<ExcludeFromStyleCop>true</ExcludeFromStyleCop>
|
||||
</Compile>
|
||||
<EmbeddedResource Include="Browser.resx">
|
||||
<SubType>Designer</SubType>
|
||||
|
@ -871,6 +1106,7 @@
|
|||
</BootstrapperPackage>
|
||||
</ItemGroup>
|
||||
<Import Project="$(MSBuildBinPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
|
||||
<Import Project="$(ProgramFiles)\MSBuild\StyleCop\v4.7\StyleCop.targets" />
|
||||
<PropertyGroup>
|
||||
<PreBuildEvent>"$(FrameworkSDKDir)Bin\rc.exe" /r "$(ProjectDir)$(TargetName).rc"</PreBuildEvent>
|
||||
<PostBuildEvent>$(SolutionDir)\..\build\AssemblyRevisionIncrementer.exe /t="$(SolutionDir)\Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs"</PostBuildEvent>
|
||||
|
|
Loading…
Add table
Add a link
Reference in a new issue